Home

collection of water samples - California State University, Sacramento

1. Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP A7 APPENDIX A4 A Table 2b Isokinetic transit rates for DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a 1 4 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second Depth Volume feet Rate 2 0 25 3 0 3 5 4 0 45 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 mL 2 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 1 000 2 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 100 4 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 04 04 0 5 05 1 000 4 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 190 6 slowest 0 2 0 3 03 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 000 6 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 290 8 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 390 10 slowes 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 000 10 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 480 12 slowes 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 000 12 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 580 14 slowes 0 5 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 5 1 6 1 8 1 000 14 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 680 16 slowes 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 9 2 0 1 000 16 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 TIO 18 slowes 0 7 0
2. Well Volume gal V 0 0408 HD or Well Volume Hx F Parameter Stability Criteria where pH 0 1 units 0 05 units if instrument display 2 or more Vis volume of water in the well in gallons digits to the right of the decimal His height of water column in feet Temperature T 0 2 C thermistor Dis inside Diameter of well in inches Specific Conductivity 5 of SC lt 100 uS cm Fis casing Volume Factor see table SC 3 for SC gt 100 uiS cm H Well depth Static water level feet Dissolved Oxygen DO 0 3 mg L Diameter inside D inches Turbidity TU 10 for TU 100 ambient TU is lt 5 or most ground v water systems visible TU gt 5 well volume gallons allowable variation between 5 or more sequential field measurement values ae Volume n V ________gallons Actual ___gall Depth to set pump from MP all units in feet where nis number of well volumes to be removed during purging Vis volume of water in the well in gallons Distance to top of sereen from LSD Q estimated pumping rate gallons per minute MP Approximate purge time purge volume Q minutes VOLUME FACTORS 7 to 10 x diameter ft of the well DIAMETER 1 0 1 5 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 5 5 0 6 0 8 0 10 0 12 0 24 0 36 0 CASING VOL 0 04 0 09 0 16 0 37 0
3. DH 81 filling times in seconds to collect 800 milliliters stream nozzle diameter in velocity ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 1 8 46 2 0 74 41 27 2 2 67 38 24 2 4 61 35 22 2 6 57 32 20 2 8 53 30 19 3 0 49 28 18 3 2 46 26 17 3 4 43 24 16 3 6 41 23 15 3 8 39 22 14 4 0 37 21 13 4 2 35 20 13 44 33 19 12 4 6 32 18 12 4 8 31 17 11 5 0 29 17 11 5 2 28 16 10 54 27 15 10 5 6 26 15 9 5 8 25 14 9 6 0 25 14 9 6 2 24 13 9 6 4 13 8 6 6 13 8 6 8 12 8 7 0 12 8 7 2 12 7 4 11 7 6 11 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 54 27 15 10 5 6 26 15 9 5 8 25 14 9 6 0 25 14 9 6 2 24 13 9 6 4 23 13 8 6 6 22 13 8 6 8 22 12 8 7 0 21 12 8 T2 20 12 7 7 4 20 11 7 7 6 19 11 7 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP A17 Appendix A4 A Table 5c Appendix A4 A Table 5d Filling times for D 95 sampler Filling times for DH 2 sampler D 95 filling times in seconds to DH 2 filling times in seconds to collect 800 milliliters collect 1 liter stream nozzle diameter in Stream nozzle diameter in velocity velocity ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 1 4 105 59 38 2 0 92 52 33 1 6 92 52 33 2 5 74 41 27 1 8 82 46 29 3 0 61 35 22 2 0 74 41 27 3 5 53 30 19 2 2 67 38 24 4 0 46 26 17 2 4 61 35 22 4 5 41 23 15 2 6 57 32 20 5 0 37 21 13
4. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Safety pre Measure Purge the Withdraw cautions water well and sample sampling _ level monitor water preparations field measure ments Step 5 Step 6 Process Clean gt sample m equipment NFM 5 NFM 3 Step 1 Monitor well sampling safety and site preparations a Upon arrival set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs as needed Park vehicle in a position to prevent sample contamination from vehicle and traffic emissions and prevailing wind Check well identification number this should be indelibly marked on the well casing and compare it with the well file and field notes section 4 2 1 e Assign tasks e If a gasoline powered generator is used locate it downwind of sample collection or elsewhere to avoid sample contamination from fumes e Prepare an area to be used for field cleaning of equipment DH b Describe well and site conditions on field forms as appropriate DH c Check site for hazardous conditions NFM 9 DH e Test for toxic fumes if the well is in an enclosed structure or if there is reason to suspect the presence of organic vapors e Examine the area for evidence of animal infestation and other potential safety hazards d Spread a clean plastic sheeting polypropylene tarp for example on the ground around the well to keep sampling equipment the well
5. APP B21 A4 B 6 Sample of the U S Geological Survey Ground Water Quality Notes field form e eeeeeeees APP B25 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B2 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Appendix A4 B Equipment and Supplies All sections of appendix M B common supplies A4 B 1 Establishing a permanent measuring point on wells A4 B 2 Well depth measurement sections GWSI site schedule Form 9 1904 A Ground water level measurement field form and or other field forms and or handheld or field computer for data entry Pens ballpoint with non erasable blue or black ink for writing on field forms and in equipment log books Field folder and well file Two wrenches with adjustable jaws and other tools for removing the well cap Clean rag Key s for opening locks Equipment cleaning supplies NFM 3 Tape cleaning supplies refer to NFM 3 3 8 for soap and water wash guidance and disinfection If disinfecting use either a commercially available hypochlorite wipes or b prepare a dilute chlorine solution adding 1 mL of common household bleach to 900 mL of water 0 005 percent solution A4 B 1 Establishing a permanent measuring point MP Steel tape graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet calibrated for making field measurements Reference steel tape graduated in feet ten
6. 8 Isokinetic transit rates for 0 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 3 16 inch nozzle APP A9 3b Isokinetic transit rates for a D 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 1 4 inch nozzle APP A11 3c Isokinetic transit rates for a D 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 5 16 inch nozzle APP A12 4a Isokinetic transit rates for a D 99 sampler 6 liter bag with a 1 4 inch nozzle APP A13 4b Isokinetic transit rates for a D 99 sampler 6 liter bag with 5 16 inch nozzle APP A15 Tables for sampler filling time guidelines 5a Filling times for DH 81 sampler eren APP A16 5b Filling times for DH 95 sampler eere APP A16 5c Filling times for D 95 sampler sscssscsssssssssesssseesees 17 5d Filling times for DH 2 sampler eere APP A17 5e Filling times for D 96 sampler APP A18 5f Filling times for D 96 A 1 sampler cere APP A18 5g Filling times for D 99 sampler eeeeeeeeeeeenes 19 Appendix A4 B Instructions related to measuring water levels at wells and a sample USGS ground water quality field form itte 1 A4B 1 Establishing a permanent measuring point on wells at which water level w
7. 95 4 2 2 C Vulnerability of ground water samples to contamination cesses eese eene nennen 96 Standing borehole water 97 Atmospheric and dissolved gases 97 Use of sampling equipment 99 Well bottom detritus eere 101 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 3 4 2 3 Well purging cccccccccsssssccsssccssccsssscesssessessssessees 103 4 2 3 Standard purge procedure 103 4 2 3 B Exceptions to the standard purge procedure esee eee seen esteso 107 4 2 4 Steps for sampling at wells eere 109 4 2 4 A Supply wells cese ceres ee eren eren nn 115 4 2 4 B Monitor wells eee eee eren ettet 123 4 3 Quality control e eeee e eese e eee eee ee e eene et tnat ono 133 4 3 1 Blank samples esee eee eee ee eerte eee en neta ane tna eto 136 4 3 1 A Pre field 139 4 3 1 B Field blanks eeereeeeee eee eene 140 4 3 2 Replicate samples cere eese crees reete ette nee tnane 143 4 3 2 4 Concurrent replicates eene 143 4 3 2 B Sequential replicates e 144
8. TIMME C 0 CODE C243 TYPE s Month Day Year below below sea WATER LEVEL __________ MP SEQUENCE NO C248 ____ NE C237 241 242 Mandatory if WL type M WATER LEVEL NGVD 29 NAVD 88 A DATUM C245 Other See GWSI for codes i ues National Geodetic ric manual for Mandatory if WL type S Yerai Datum Of Vertes Datum Of d 1929 1988 SITE STATUS A B C D E F G HI JM N OP R S TVW X 7 LEVEL C238 atmos tide ice dry recently flowing nearby nearby injector injector plugged measure obstruct pumping recently nearby nearby foreign affected by other pressure stage flowing flowing recently site site ment pumped pumping recently sub surface flowing monita discontinued pumped stance troyed water METHOD OF WATER LEVEL A B C E F G H L M N R S T V 2 MEASUREMENT C239 airline analog calibrated esti trans pressure calibrated geophysi manometer non rec observed reported steel electric calibrated other airline mated ducer pres gage cal logs gage tape tape elec tape WATER LEVEL 0129 SOURCE OF WATER LEVEL ACCURACY C276 DATA C244 OCR SA fot hur not to Other drillers geol geophysi memory owner other reporting other dreth Pork govt log ist cal logs reported agency PERSON MAKING MEASURING AGENCY C247 RECORD READY FOR Y L MEASUREMENT C246
9. Numerous additional data fields are available in NWIS that can be useful for data analysis or mandatory for meeting study objectives for example indicating whether a non USGS agency collected the data 2Modified from Ground Water Site Inventory Schedule Form 9 1904 A Revised June 2004 NWIS 4 4 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 28 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 1 1 B Field Folders Information that is needed for reference while working at a surface water site is kept in a field folder The field folder is taken along on each sampling trip It includes all the information necessary for efficient field operations for example directions to and description of the site safety precautions relevant to the site and the specifics for sample collection and processing at the site General contents of the field folder are listed on the field folder checklist fig 4 2 but the folder should be customized according to study needs Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 29 Field folder checklist surface water quality 7 Item Comments Station description Location of gaging station if one is present Location of sample collection sites high and low streamflows Hydrologic and geologic sections Name of landowner tenant or other responsible party Site access instructions for exampl
10. 2 Uncover the splitter reservoir and pour or pump 2 to 4 L of rinse water into the cone splitter reservoir one liter at a time 3 Lightly tap the splitter to dislodge adhering water drops Discard rinse water 4 Cover the splitter Isokinetic Depth Integrated Sampling 4 1 3 A Methods at Flowing Water Sites Collection of isokinetic depth integrated samples involves using either an equal width increment EWT or equal discharge increment EDI sampling method The EWI or EDI methods usually result in a composite sample that represents the discharge weighted concentrations of the stream cross section being sampled The EWI and EDI methods are used to divide a selected cross section of a stream into increments having a specified width The term vertical refers to that location within the increment at which the sampler is lowered and raised through the water column gt EWI verticals are located at the midpoint of each width increment gt EDI verticals are located at the centroid a point within each increment at which stream discharge is equal on either side of the vertical If properly implemented EDI and EWI methods should yield identical results The uses and advantages of each method are summarized below and in table 4 5 Isokinetic samplers usually are used to obtain a discharge weighted sample along the stream cross section When using an isokinetic sampler there should be no change in velocity speed and direction as
11. Blind sample A laboratory prepared solution or material whose composition is certified for one or more properties so that it can be used to assess a measurement method or for assigning concentration values of specific analytes Environmental field matrix spikes or reference material sample to which a spike solution has been added in known concentrations and in a manner that does not substantially change the original sample matrix Spike solution is a solution having laboratory certified concentrations of selected analytes and that are added in known quantities to a sample A sample typically reference material submitted for laboratory analysis with composition known to the submitter but unknown blind to the analyst Every blind sample analyzed should have an associated reference to the source and preparation procedure Tests for bias and variability of the laboratory measurement process Assess the recovery of target analytes relative to the actual conditions to which samples have been exposed quantify effects of sample matrix interferences and analyte degradation on analyte recovery Test for bias and variability of the laboratory measurement process Blank water is a solution that is free of analyte s of interest at a specified detection limit and that is used to develop specific types of QC samples USGS personnel are required to use blank water that has been analyzed and certified to be of a specific grade Blan
12. Equipment and supplies checklists Field techniques manuals Safety information Nearest emergency facilities home phone number of supervisor Diagram of where to park placement of flags and cones Traffic conditions location of power lines Environmental hazards such as weather and animals Site location and description Maps showing location and identification number of well s Name of landowner tenant or other responsible party Site access instructions call owner get keys or tools needed for security gate well house well protective casing Photographs and land use land cover form to document site conditions Well dimensions and construction logs Sampling schedule and instructions Laboratory analyses codes and bottle types Preservation requirements including chilled samples Quality control samples Location of sampler intake during sample collection Pumping rate for purging and sampling Purging instructions Number of well volumes Rate of pumping containment and discharge of purge water Location of sampler intake during purging Field measurements and stability protocols Previous field measurement and purge volume records Discharge of purge water Water level measurements Location of measuring point Previous records from well Ancillary information Geologic section s Hydrologic section s Borehole geophysical logs
13. 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 5 3 000 4 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 30 8 6 slowest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 04 0 4 0 4 05 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 8 3 000 6 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 45 a 8 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 3 000 8 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 60 4 10 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 3 000 5 10 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 75 5 12 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 3 000 12 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 90 14 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 14 1 5 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 3 000 14 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 4 8 5 0 1 06 16 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 06 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 9 2 0 3 000 16 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1
14. 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 7 20 2 4 27 3 1 620 8 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 1 1 000 safe full 8 volume 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 12 14 1 5 1 8 2 1 2 4 2T 800 8 fastest 0 5 0 7 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 5 2 9 3 2 670 10 slowest 0 4 0 6 0 7 0 9 1 0 2113114117 2 0 23 2 6 1 000 safe full 10 volume 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 7 19 23 2 6 3 0 3 4 800 10 fastest 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 760 11 slowest 0 5 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 19 2 2 2 5 2 9 1 000 safe full 11 volume 11 fastest 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 6 1 8 2 0 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 830 12 slowest 0 5 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 2 4 16 17 21 24 28 3 1 1 000 safe full 12 volume 12 fastest 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 910 13 slowest 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 7 1 9 2 2 2 6 3 0 3 4 1 000 safe full 13 volume 13 fastest 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 980 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A6 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIX A4 A Table 2a Isokinetic transit ra
15. 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 5 340 4 slowest 0 1 02 02 02 03 03 03 04 04 05 G6 07 1 000 safe full 4 volume 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 800 4 fastest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 11 1 3 1 5 1 6 420 5 slowest 0 1 02 02 03 03 04 04 05 06 06 0 7 68 1 000 safe full 5 volume 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 1 800 5 fastest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 500 6 slowest 02 02 03 03 04 04 05 06 07 08 09 1 0 1 000 safe full 6 volume 0 2 0 3 04 0 4 05 06 0 7 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 3 800 6 fastest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 7 1 9 560 7 slowest 02 03 03 04 05 05 06 06 08 09 10 12 1 000 safe full 7 volume 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 06 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 5 800 7 fastest 0 3 0 4 0 6 0 7 0 8 09 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 7 2 0 620 e slowest 02 0 3 04 04 105 06 07 07 09 10 I2 I3 1 000 safe full 8 volume 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 09 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 7 800 8 fastest 0 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 1 670 10 slowest 03 04 05 06 06 07 08 09 13 1517 1 000 safe full 10 volume 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 5 1 7 19 22 800 10 fastest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 5 18 2 0 2 3 760 12 slowest 03 04 06
16. 14 5 15 0 mL 2 slowest 0 03 0 04 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 0 1 O11 OL OL O 1 01 OL OL OF O11 OL OL OF O11 01 0 2 6 00 2 fastest p E 6 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 28 3 0 32 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 15 4 slowest 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 1 0 1 0 1 O 1 01 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 02 0 4 fastest 2 4 6 8 2 0 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 6 slowest 0 09 0 1 0 1 01 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 03 6 fastest 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 8 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 04 8 fastest 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 0 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 04 0 5 0 5 05 O fastest 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 fastest 1 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 fastest 1 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0
17. Airborne particulates precipitation dust soil solid particles fumes from engine exhaust chemical preservatives upwind industrial emissions Sample collection equipment Pumps isokinetic samplers bailers sample tubing SPMDs Sample processing equipment Filtration devices churn splitter cone splitter bottles water DIW tap blank Sample cleaning Cleaning equipment basins brushes carryover from cleaning processes solutions or tainted water methanol carryover insufficient decontamination or rinsing Transport and shipping Field vehicles coolers or other shipping containers improperly closed or protected sample bottles Storage Warehouse refrigerator field vehicle office laboratory office storage space Personnel Dirty hands sweat sunscreen DEET nicotine caffeine and alcohol breath dirty gloves gloved or ungloved contact with the sample to be analyzed shedding clothing hair and dandruff How when where and why a OC sample was collected must be known to understand the sources of error measured Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 136 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 3 1 BLANK SAMPLES The primary purpose of a blank sample blank is to measure the magnitude of contaminant concentration for analyte s of specific interest that might have been introduced into the sample as a result of sampling
18. COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 13 Example of checklist of equipment and supplies to prepare for sampling ground water at wells eee 111 4 14 Example procedure for collecting a field blank quality control sample eese eese entente eene en ene 142 Tables 4 1 Example of work schedule elements ee 17 4 2 Good field practices for collection of water quality samples E 21 4 3 Clean hands dirty hands techniques for water quality SAMPLING T 22 4 4 Minimum information required for electronic storage of site and surface water quality data in the U S Geological Survey National Water Information System 27 4 5 Uses and advantages of equal width increment EWI and equal discharge increment EDI sampling TCH OS iii sii diiit eie 38 4 6 Example of ground water site inventory activities 76 4 7 Minimum information required for electronic storage of site and ground water quality data in the U S Geologial Survey National Water Information System 80 4 8 Considerations for maintaining the integrity of ground water 1 1 5 5 88 4 9 Considerations for well selection and well installation 89 4 10 Advantages and disadvantages of collect
19. Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 109 STEPS FOR SAMPLING AT WELLS 4 2 4 Develop a systematic agenda well in advance of the field effort that follows the sampling plan and quality assurance protocols Offsite preparations in addition to the steps needed to carry out onsite activities need to be included in planning for field work Review the requirements and recommendations for site inventory reconnaissance and site file setup section 4 2 1 Field trip preparations Adequate time must be scheduled to plan sampling activities review data requirements and make field trip prep arations Prepare a checklist of equipment and supplies that will be needed and order what is needed well before the field effort fig 4 13 Refer to NFM 2 Section 2 4 for lists of equipment and sup plies commonly used for ground water field activities Review elec tronic and paper site files and make sure that they are kept up to date Before selecting and implementing purging methods review table 4 8 to determine how maintaining sample integrity applies to the study and site gt Consider whether modifications of standard USGS methods might be needed to address issues specific to the field site or program or study objectives Document any deviation from the standard protocols gt Review the types of quality control QC samples planned for the study Certain types of
20. EWI equal width increment FS field spiked sample FSR field spiked replicate sample GPS global positioning system GWSI ground water site inventory database a subsystem within the USGS National Water Information System NWIS IBW inorganic grade blank water ID identification number that is unique to a field site station or well Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 158 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES LNAPL light non aqueous phase liquid LS laborabory spiked sample MP measuring point on a ground water well NAWQA National Water Quality Assessment Program USGS NEM National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data NFSS National USGS Field Supplies Service also referred to as One Stop Shopping NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NWIS National Water Information System of the USGS NWQL National Water Quality Laboratory OGW Office of Ground Water USGS OWQ Office of Water Quality USGS PBW pesticide grade blank water PCB polychlorobiphenyls Q rate of discharge QA quality assurance QADATA quality assurance database within NWIS QAP Quality Assurance Plan QC quality control SF sulfur hexafluoride SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan SPMD semi permeable membrane device SRS Standard reference water sample TBY turbidity TOC total organic carbon TU turbidity unit URL Uniform Resource Locator
21. NFM 3 3 8 RULE OF THUMB The initial water column height should be greater than 4 ft plus the length of the sampling device Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 127 Step 3 Purge the well and monitor field measurements DH Purge monitor wells preferably using a variable speed pump see the TECHNICAL NOTES listed at the end of step 6 Operate the pump in a manner that avoids or minimizes turbidity Do not use a bailer for purging unless the well characteristics or other constraints exclude alternatives and the turbidity during and after bailing is at the background level Recommendation Measure water levels throughout purging to document drawdown and the location of the water level with respect to the screened open interval and the pump intake gt Use the same pumping equipment for purging that will be used to collect samples if possible gt Avoid refueling or changing equipment and do not stop the pump during the final phase of purging and sample collection Be aware of study objectives and potential sources of contamination For example avoid fueling the generator on the same day that samples are collected for VOC analysis Do not transport a generator or gas tanks in the water quality field vehicle gt Adjust the flow rate at the pump if using a variable speed pump If a constant speed pump is used adjust the flow rate using a needl
22. SOURCE Lt wes C858 WATER LEVEL PARTY checked not proprietary local use ready for checked web only web display display display display COMPILED BY DATE ENTERED INTO GWSI BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE ENTERED INTO QWDATA BY DATE GW Water Level Form ver 1 Figure B1 Example of a USGS field form for ground water level measurements Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B8 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Appendixes A4 B 3 a and b Water level measurement by a steel tape or b electric tape A4 B 3 Equipment and Supplies A4 B 3 a Water level measurement by graduated steel tape A4 B 3 b Water level measurement by electric tape A4 B 3 a 4 b Steel tape graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet calibrated for making water level measurements A4 B 3 a Reference steel tape graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet A reference steel tape is one that is maintained in the office and designated solely for tape calibration A4 B 3 a Steel tape calibration and maintenance log book one for each steel tape Field forms paper and or electronic ballpoint pens blue or black non erasable for recording information in the log book and on paper field forms A4 B 3 a Weight stainless steel iron or other noncontaminating material do not use lead A4 B 3 a Strong ring a
23. USGS U S Geological Survey VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade blank water purged with nitrogen gas VCF single vertical at centroid of flow VOC volatile organic compound Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 159 SELECTED REFERENCES AND DOCUMENTS SELECTED REFERENCES FOR COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES American Public Health Association American Water Works Association and Water Environment Federation 2001 Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater 20th ed Washington D C American Public Health Association variably paged ASTM International 1990 Compilation of ASTM standard definitions 7th ed Philadelphia ASTM 554 p ASTM International 2005 Standard guide for purging methods for wells used for ground water quality investigations Designation D 6452 99 Reapproved 2005 Subcommittee D18 21 accessed May 30 2006 at http www astm org cgi bin SoftCart exe DATABASE CART REDLINE_PAGES D6452 htm L mystore hynp4105 ASTM International 1992 ASTM Standards on ground water and vadose zone investigations Philadelphia ASTM pub code 03 418192 38 166 p Backhus D A Ryan J N Groher D M MacFarlane J K and Gschwend P M 1993 Sampling colloids and colloid associated contaminants in ground water Ground Water v 31 no 3 p 466 479 Bartholoma S D comp 2003 User s manual for the Na
24. gt If pumping only use pumps that can deliver a smooth nonturbulent flow in line to the sample collection processing chamber NFM 2 1 2 The same pumping technique applies for making field measurement determinations NFM 6 2 whether pumping while using a multi parameter instrument for in situ measurements or to deliver the sample to a flowthrough chamber Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 98 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Avoid sampling at monitor wells in which the sampler intake is drawing in water that has mixed with the overlying air column If sampling at such wells cannot be avoided samples should not be collected for analysis of dissolved gases such as VOCs CFCs and SFg The accuracy of trace element data from such samples also may be in question Check the list of analytes and data quality requirements to determine if samples of the appropriate quality can be acquired gt Use transparent sample delivery tubing Avoid entraining bubbles in the tubing by filling it to capacity if bubbles form tap the tubing with a blunt object to dislodge them and move them out gt sample containers within a processing chamber Aneffective bottle filling method is to insert the discharge end of clean sample tubing to the bottom of the bottle so that the sample fills the container from the bottom up to over flowing Cap the bottle quickly This method is not practical for eve
25. gt Implement good field practices summarized on table 4 2 gt Use Clean Hands Dirty Hands sampling techniques summarized on table 4 3 USGS clean sampling procedures sometimes called the parts per billion or ppb protocol involve 1 using equipment that is constructed of noncontaminating materials NFM 2 and that has been cleaned rigorously before field work and between field sites NFM 3 2 handling equipment in a manner that minimizes the chance of altering ambient sample composition 3 handling samples in a manner that prevents contamination and 4 routinely collecting quality control QC samples Good Field Practices and Clean Hands Dirty Hands CH DH are an integral part of routine USGS water quality field work Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 20 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES The nine major elements that comprise Good Field Practices are listed on table 4 2 Four of the principles are further clarified below Field rinse equipment Field rinsing of equipment used to col lect or process samples should not be confused with the proce dures used for equipment cleaning or decontamination directions for field rinsing specific types of surface water and ground water equipment are described in sections 4 1 3 and 4 2 2 C respectively Collection of equipment blanks and field blanks is necessary to help identify potential sources of sample contamination section 4 3 The sam
26. slowest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 fastest 1 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 slowest 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 09 fastest 1 2 4 6 8 20 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 20 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 4 05 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 26 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 0 vis 28 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 09 0 d 2 1 3 13 14 30 slowest 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 1 0 2 3 14 14 15 35 j slowest 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 11 1d 2 3 4 5 16 1 7 18 40 slowest 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 wl 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 18 1 9 20 50 slowest 0 8 0 9 1 3 4 1 5 1 6 8 9 2 0 2 1 2 3 24 25 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 1 4 1 24 slowest 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 O Ll Ll Lz f 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 0 1 6 8 60 slowest 0 9 2 4 15 7 1 8 2 0 2 1 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 9 30 f
27. 0 4 05 0 6 1 000 safe full 6 volume 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 06 07 0 7 800 6 fastest 0 2 0 2 0 3 04 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 560 7 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 1 000 safe full 7 volume 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 08 0 9 800 7 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 3 04 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 9 10 610 8 slowest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 04 0 4 0 5 06 07 0 8 1 000 safe full 8 volume 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 7 0 8 09 0 800 8 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 2 670 10 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 04 04 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 08 08 1 000 safe full 10 volume 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 2 800 10 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 9 1 0 2 3 760 12 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 8 09 0 1 000 safe full 12 volume 12 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 3 4 830 14 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 9 1 0 2 3 1 000 safe full 14 volume 14 fastest 0 3 0 3 0 4 05 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 12 A 1 53 900 15 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7
28. 03 04 04 05 1051050606 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 9 O9 TO 10 TO 1 1 11 12 6 000 24 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 36 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 1 200 26 slowest 0 3 0 3 03 0 4 04 O5 05 05 06 06 07 0 7 0 8 0 8 08 09 O9 10 TO TO T 1 ET 12 12 13 6 000 26 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 1 300 APPENDIX A4 A Table 4a Isokinetic transit rates for D 99 sampler 6 liter bag with a 1 4 inch nozzle continued Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter 6 YOO I3AAL KoAung eotSo oor S 5 a s 28 slowst 03 0 3 0 4 04 O05 105 105 106106107107 108080910909 I T I1 12 12 13 13 14 6 000 2 28 fasest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 13 8 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 6 0 1 400 id 30 slowest 0 3 03 05 05 06 06 07 07 08 08 09 09 TO TO LI ET T2 T2 E T3 13 14 14 14 6 000 30 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 28 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 13 8 40 42 44
29. 03103103103 03 03104104104104 04 05 05 03 05 05 66 06 6 000 12 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 36 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 600 F4 Tslowest 01 02 02102102 02103103 03 03 O42 04 4 4 05 05 051 05 OS 06 06 06 00 07 07 6 000 14 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 36 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 700 16 slowest 02 02 02 021 03 03 03 03 042 04 O4 04 035 5 035 03 706 06 06 06 07 07 0 7 077 08 6 000 16 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 800 18 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 03 0 3 0 3 0 4 04 04 05 0 5 05 0 6 06 06 0 6 0 7 07 0 7 68 0 8 08 6 8 09 6 000 18 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 900 20 slowest 02 02 03 03 03 04 04 O4 05 05 05 05 O6 O6 06 07 07 07 08 08 08 09 09 09 1 0 6 000 20 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 1 000 24 slowest 0 2 03 03
30. 2 using either the DH 81 or D 95 sampler as described below To use a DH 81 or D 95 sampler in a stream with velocity less than 1 5 ft s remove the nozzle from the sampler and proceed to sample the entire vertical This is especially useful at a deep water site When sampling with a hand held bottle stand downstream of the bottle while it is being filled Dip sampling is not recommended for discharge weighted sampling when it is possible to obtain a depth integrated isokinetic sample The error introduced by dip sampling can be substantial if the target analytes are sorbed onto suspended materials that are not uniformly distributed along the cross section Care must be taken to avoid collecting particulates that are resuspended as the result of wading or bumping the sampler on the streambed collect a dip sample in water that is too shallow to submerge an isokinetic depth integrating sampler wade to where the sample s will be collected and immerse a hand held narrow mouth bottle at the centroid of flow or at multiple locations along a cross section To collect a dip sample where water is too deep to wade and volocity is too great for use of an isokinetic sampler lower a weighted bottle sampler at the centroid of flow or at multiple locations along a cross section Collecting samples for biochemical oxygen demand BOD and volatile organic compounds VOCs are special cases of dip sampling that require special equipm
31. 4 3 2 C Split replicates eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 146 4 3 3 Spike samples cese sees sette eerte eee en etta ese tna nto 148 4 3 4 Reference samples cere eese e eene teen en eee tnane 150 4 3 5 Blind samples eene eee eee reete eerte eee etta nee tnane 151 Conversion factors selected terms and abbreviations 153 Selected references and documents eee 159 Appendix A4 A Transit rate and volume guidelines and filling times for isokinetic samplers APP A2 1 Isokinetic transit rates for a 1 liter bottle sampler with a 3 16 inch 771 APP A3 1b Isokinetic transit rates for a 1 liter bottle sampler with a 1 4 inch 7 1 4 1 Isokinetic transit rates for 1 liter bottle sampler with 5 16 inch 771 5 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Chapter A4 Contents 4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 2a Isokinetic transit rates for a DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a 3 16 inch nozzle APP A6 2b Isokinetic transit rates for a DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with 1 4 inch nozzle APP A7 2c Isokinetic transit rates for a DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a 5 16 inch nozzle
32. 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 2 26 35 slowest 0 7 0 9 1 1 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 1 9 2 1 2 3 2 5 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 5 3 7 3 9 40 42 44 3 000 35 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 4 8 5 0 2 64 39 slowest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 9 3 1 3 3 3 5 3 7 3 9 41 43 4 5 4 7 4 9 3 000 39 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 2 940 SHTdNVS NOLLOATIOO CIV ddV so dureg 138M JO uonoo 02 py deyo 6 100 TAM L oAung 2 80 0 0 S N I VddV SWTIJdNWVS NOLLOWTIOO APPENDIX A4 A Table 4a Isokinetic transit rates for 0 99 sampler 6 liter bag with a 1 4 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume feet Rate 3 0 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 7 0 75 80 85 9 0 9 5 100 10 5 11 0 11 5 12 0 125 13 0 135 14 0 145 15 0 mL 2 slowest 0 02 0 02 0 03 0 03 0 03 0 04 0 04 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O1 O1 O1 O1 01 O1 O1 01 01 6 000 2 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6
33. Inventory System GWSI Version 4 3 U S Geological Survey Open File Report 2004 1238 262 p Horowitz A J Demas C R Fitzgerald K K Miller T L and Rickert D A 1994 U S Geological Survey protocol for the collection and processing of surface water samples for the subsequent determination of inorganic constituents in filtered water U S Geological Survey Open File Report 94 539 57 p Horowitz A Elrick K and Colberg M 1992 The effect of membrane filtration artifacts on dissolved trace element concentrations Water Research v 26 p 753 763 Hubbard E F 1992 Policy recommendations for management and retention of hydrologic data of the U S Geological Survey U S Geological Survey Open File Report 92 56 32 p Inter Agency Committee on Water Resources Subcommittee on Sedimentation 1961 The single stage sampler for suspended sediment Minneapolis Minnesota St Anthony Falls Hydraulic Laboratory Report 13 105 p Ivahnenko Tamara Szabo Zoltan and Hall G S 1996 Use of an ultra clean sampling technique with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry to determine trace element concentrations in water from the Kirkwood Cohansey aquifer system coastal plain New Jersey U S Geological Survey Open File Report 96 142 37 p Kearl P M Korte N E and Cronk T A 1992 Suggested modifications to ground water sampling procedures based on observations from the colloidal borescope Ground Water Monit
34. Shipping instructions Mailing labels location of nearest post office or shipping agent Ice and holding time requirements Figure 4 8 Checklist for contents of a field folder for ground water sampling Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 84 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES A Example of site and 40 76 75 well location maps PENNSYLVANIA MARYLAND EXPLANATION LAND USE AND COVER L Agriculture Woodlands Well KEBe61 PPR C UPS e sf yay waa 39 d Xd P A Z DELAWARE Z MARYLAND P E EP o J A 7 eS 8 hy ay E ens SV 3 38 7 2 ava XvaavsaE Vy i Wl Pu wal x L Ae 99 A 37 75 57 30 Fi T 39 20 PENNSYLVANIA R R 3921730 Base from U S Geological Survey 1 24 000 Galena Maryland quadrangle Figure 4 9 Example of A site and well location maps and B well site sketch Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 85 B Example of well site sketch with well site information To Locust Grove Pennsylvania Railroad House Pivot Arm H Pivot Housel 2 Houses Arm 1 le 2 4 O Telephone pole and identif
35. Tapes that are marked the entire length with feet tenths and hundredths of a foot can be considered accurate to 0 01 ft and are most accurate for water levels less than 200 ft below land surface Electric tapes are harder to keep calibrated than are steel tapes When measuring deep water levels tape expansion and stretch is an additional consideration see Garber and Koop man 1968 The electric tape should be calibrated against a reference steel tape see the Equipment and Supplies table above for Appendix A4 B 3 gt Ifthe water in the well has very low specific conductance the tape may not give an accurate reading gt Material on the water surface such as oil may interfere with obtaining consistent readings gt If the well casing is angled instead of vertical the depth to water will have to be corrected gt The electric tape should be recalibrated annually or more frequently if it is used often or if the tape has been subjected to abnormal stress that may have caused it to stretch Before measuring water level with the electric tape 1 The electric steel tape requires an initial calibration before using it in the field Calibrate the electric tape against a reference steel tape as follows a Check the distance from the probe s sensor to the nearest foot marker on the tape to ensure that this distance puts the sensor at the zero foot point for the tape If it does not a correction must be applied to all depth to w
36. Topical QC sample Is my sampling device the source of con tamination Filter Filtration device for example the capsule filter in line filter blank holder aluminum plate filter Topical QC sample Is my filtration device the source of con tamination Ambient Exposure to atmospheric outfall or other conditions blank Topical QC sample Was sample exposure to the atmosphere a contaminant source Source The blank water used for example IBW PBW or VPBW solution Topical QC sample Was my blank water tainted with respect to blank my analyte s of interest The bias and variability measured includes that from laboratory handling processing and analysis of the sample in addition to the targeted source listed An equipment blank is required for U S Geological Survey investigations to determine the equipment suitability to provide the analyte data needed to meet study objectives Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 138 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES To prepare for processing blank samples 1 Label the capped precleaned sample bottle with the site identifica tion number laboratory sample designation code NFM 5 date and time or affix the proper bar code label to the sample con tainer as appropriate Record this information on field forms 2 Put on gloves Place each stock container of the blank solution to be used IBW PBW and VPBW into a clean plas
37. Version 2 0 9 2006 Chapter A4 Contents 2 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 1 3 Sampling at flowing water and still water sites 33 4 1 3 A Isokinetic depth integrated sampling methods at flowing water sites 37 Equal width increment method 41 Equal discharge increment method 50 Single vertical at centroid of flow method 58 4 1 3 B Nonisokinetic dip descrete and pump sampling methods at flowing water SILOS 60 4 1 3 C Guidelines for sampling at still water 68 4 2 Ground water sampling sccccsscescsscssssssscesssesesseessseseeees 73 4 2 1 Site inventory and site files ceres 7A 4 2 2 Considerations for collecting representative samples at wells eere esee esee eene e en netta sen 86 4 2 2 A Well construction and structural integrity eeeeeeee eese esses estne eene 90 Effects of well construction 90 Deterioration of the well structure 91 4 2 2 B Well hydraulic and aquifer characteristics cesse eese esee ee een eet tna n 92 Pumping 5 92 Low yield wells e eeeeee eere eres 93 Aquifer media with defined paths of preferential 55 5
38. Waste 0 5 gal then collect field i4 blanks can use DIW to force last pesticides of VPBW or PBW through the system Use VPBW for VOC field blanks PBW can not be used Select VPBW or PBW for DOC field blanks only after reviewing certification forms of the lot numbers available A solution blank sample of water from the same lot of NWQL water is poured directly into the DOC 125 mL amber sample bottle and is required for every DOC field blank Record the lot number of the water used for the solution blank on the ASR form Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP D3 APPENDIX A4 D Table 2 Example of procedure to collect blank samples with a submersible water quality pump Modified from Koterba and others 1995 DIW deionized water VPBW vol atile organic compound and pesticide grade blank water PBW pesticide grade blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water VOC volatile organic compound QC quality control General Field Blank Collection Procedure 1 Divide field team duties Three person team recommended Two people collect samples in a manner similar to that used to collect ground water samples the third person adds blank water to standpipe and controls flow through system as needed to facilitate field blank collection 2 Check flow set up From standpipe to sample collection processing chamber en
39. and defoliation Seasonal water level declines that make the well unusable Times of denied access for example no access while the owner is out of town Special site access needs for example clearance with a site owner or site operator keys to unlock access to the site animals Restrictions on the location Before and during the site visit Record conditions that could compromise study objectives including potential point or non point sources of contamination For example Nearby wells that could affect well hydraulics Condition of well for example rusting or punctured casing poor surface seal Has the well been adequately developed Could well development artifacts compromise sample integrity Land use and land cover or changes in land use and land cover Application of salt on nearby roads during winter or application or use of herbicides and pesticides Landfills or other waste management facilities Industrial commercial and agricultural complexes and discharges During the site visit Measure water level in each well Record water level measurements on the appropriate field form s and into the Ground Water Site Inventory GWSI and Quality of Water Data QWDATA data bases Identify potential difficulties with the type of equipment and sample collection methodology to be used Note that sampling plans will have to be modified accordingly Update field folders Note site co
40. options use a smaller nozzle or use a cone splitter or use the EDI method if appropriate e To ensure that all particulates are transferred with the sample swirl the subsample gently to keep particulates suspended and pour the subsample quickly into the churn or cone splitter e Sample EWI verticals as many times as necessary to ensure that an adequate sample volume is collected as required for analysis but sample at each vertical an equal number of times The composite cross sectional sample will remain proportional to flow at the time of sampling e If flow is stable during sampling then multiple samples can be collected at each vertical during a single traverse along the cross section If flow is changing however study objectives should determine whether to collect multiple samples at each vertical during a single traverse or to collect one sample at each vertical during multiple traverses along the cross section Document on field forms the method used g Record the following information after all samples have been collected e Sampling end time e Ending gage height e Allfield observations and any deviations from standard sampling procedures Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 49 Step 5 Process Samples gt Refer to NFM 5 Step 6 Clean Equipment Refer to NFM 3 If the sampler will not be reused during a field trip rinse
41. respect to target analytes from time of laboratory certification to time of use Identify effects of sampler components on analyte concentrations Verify adequacy of cleaning procedures NFM 3 Identify effects of splitter components on analyte concentrations Verify adequacy of cleaning procedures NFM 3 O ddV SWTIJWVS WALVM NOLLOTTIOO 9002 6 O Z uors1oA sardus 198M Jo 6 YOO KoAung eotSo oor APPENDIX A4 C Ouality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies continued Common types of quality control QC samples are described in this table the list is not comprehensive Some terms descriptions and purposes for QC control samples have been compiled and modified from Sandstrom 1990 Horowitz and others 1994 Koterba and others 1995 Mueller and others 1997 unpublished notes from the USGS course Quality Control Sample Design and Interpretation and the following USGS Branch of Quality Systems Technical Memorandums 90 03 92 01 95 01 QC quality control Blank water abbreviations PBW pesticide grade not nitrogen gas purged blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade nitrogen gas purged blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water BLANK SAMPLES Sample type General description Pump blank Blank water processed through the pump and tubing system used Identify effects of pump components and tubing on
42. sure that adequate volumes of DIW and the required blank water are within easy reach of person stationed at standpipe and arranged in order of collection IBW first and PBW or VPBW last 3 Set low flow rate Once pumping is initiated set flow on basis of measurement at chamber outflow to about 0 1 gal 500 mL per minute or less to avoid wasting ex cessive amounts of blank water to avoid air bubbles 150 mL min or less is recom mended for filling VOC vials 4 Collect blank solutions in prescribed sequence collecting the IBW before the equipment is exposed to methanol and PBW or VPBW As solutions are changed pump operator should change to clean gloves empty residual solution from stand pipe rinse pump intake and standpipe individually at least three times each with the next solution Use an air segment to mark the end of one solution and the beginning of the next alternatively determine the change in solutions on the basis of the storage vol ume in the line divided by the pumping rate to estimate the time it takes for the solution to travel from the standpipe to the collection processing chamber Pass about 0 5 gallons approximately 2 L of blank solution to waste before col lecting the QC sample regardless of whether air segments or timed flow or both are used to assess when the solution arrives at the collection chamber Useone type of water to force the last of another type from the sample tubing after all
43. the sample enters the intake fig 4 3 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 38 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Table 4 5 Uses and advantages of equal width increment EWI and equal discharge increment EDI sampling methods EWI method Advantages of the EWI method EWI is used when information required to determine locations of sampling verticals for the EDI method is not available and or the stream cross section has relatively uniform depth and velocity Use EWI whenever The location of EDI sampling verticals changes at the same discharge from one sampling time to another This situation occurs frequently in streams with sand channels EWI method is easily learned and implemented for sampling small streams Generally less time is required onsite if the EWI method can be used and the information required to determine locations of sampling verticals for the EDI method is not available EDI method Advantages of the EDI method EDI is used when information required to determine locations of sampling verticals for the EDI method is available Use EDI whenever Small nonhomogeneous increments need to be sampled separately from the rest of the cross section The samples from those verticals can be analyzed separately or appropriately composited with the rest of the cross sectional sample Have the sampling scheme approved or Flow ve
44. 0 8 09 11 2 14 1 000 safe full 15 volume 15 fastest 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 4 16 920 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIX A4 A Table 1b Isokinetic transit rates for a 1 liter bottle sampler with 1 4 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter not applicable Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume feet Rate 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 mL 1 slowest 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 1 000 safe full 1 volume 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 800 1 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 9 1 0 12 1 3 130 2 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 1 000 safe full 2 volume 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 02 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 800 2 fastest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 08 1 0 11 1 3 14 240 3 slowest 01 01 02 0 03 03 O4 04 05 1 000 safe full 3 volume 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 800 3 fastest 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8
45. 1 8 2 0 22 2 4 2 9 1 000 13 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 980 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 so dureg 138M JO uonoo 02 py deyo 6 100 TALL oAung 2180 0 0 S N APPENDIX A4 A Tahble Isokinetic transit rates for D 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 3 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second Volume in feet Rate 20 25 30 35 40 45 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 11 0 115 120 125 mL 2 slowest 0 01 0 02 0 02 0 03 0 03 0 03 0 04 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O1 O 1 OL 01 01 3 000 2 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 48 5 0 50 4 slowest 0 03 0 04 0 04 0 1 01 0 1 OL 01 01 01 01 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 3 000 4 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 110 6 slowest 0 04 0 1 0 1 101 01 OL O 1 O 1 01 0 2 02 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 03 3 000 6 fastest 0 8 1 0 12 14 1 6 18 2 2
46. 2 Measure water level Procedures for water level measurement can differ for supply wells and monitor wells Detailed procedures for various methods of mea suring water levels are documented by the U S Geological Survey 1980 p 2 8 and additional information can be obtained from the USGS Office of Ground Water http water usgs gov ogw Refer to Appendix A4 B for a summary of water level measurement methods gt Procedures and equipment for water level measurement can differ depending on the type construction and design of a well gt Clean well tapes after each use at a well as described in NFM 3 3 8 Document in field notes if oil is floating on the water table Review equipment cleaning and sample collection strategies and revise as needed if oil is present to prevent contamination of samples A dual phase sonde can be used to determine the thickness of the oil layer as well as the depth to water gt Record discrete water level measurements on field forms and in GWSI USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandum 2006 01 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 113 Step 3 Purge the well and monitor field measurements As discussed in Section 4 2 3 purging the well of standing water is gener ally required to ensure that the sample water will be withdrawn directly from the aquifer Exceptions to the well purging protocol may apply
47. 2 Split B Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 148 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 3 3 SPIKE SAMPLES A spike sample is an environmental sample to which target com pounds the field matrix spike mixture are added after the sample has been processed Field spike samples are used to measure bias and answer the question What loss or gain of target analytes occurred because of degradation and water matrix characteristics Bias deter mined from spikes is termed recovery and reflects the amount of analyte s measured expressed as a percentage of the amount spiked Spike samples can be customized to address the source of the bias water matrix degradation laboratory method performance in the data To address bias from degradation samples should be spiked in the field as soon as possible after collection A combination of a laboratory spike field spike and field spike replicate provides the most information but may not be needed for a given study RULE OF THUMB Spike when target compounds are expected to be low specifically when target compounds are at least a factor of two less than the spiking level The numbers and types of spike samples to be selected depend on study objectives and data quality requirements However an unspiked environmental sample must accompany each spiked environmen tal sample to correct the data for background concentrations Training is required
48. 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 48 5 0 160 8 slowest 0 1 0 1 01 01 OL OL 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 3 000 8 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 48 5 0 220 10 fastest 0 8 1 0 12 14 16 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 4 8 50 270 12 fastest 0 8 1 0 12 14 16 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 38 4 0 42 44 46 48 50 330 14 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 4 8 50 380 16 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 4 8 50 440 18 fastest 0 8 1 0 12 14 1 6 18 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 38 4 0 42 44 46 48 50 490 20 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 3 2 3 4 3 6 38 4 0 4 2 44 46 48 50 540 24 fastest 0 8 1 0 12 14 1 6 18 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 46 4 8 50 650 6V ddV SWTIJWVS WALVM AO NOLLOTTIOO APPENDIX A4 A Table Isokinetic transit rates for 0 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 3 16 inch nozzle continued Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milli
49. 4 2 132 74 47 8 0 69 39 25 4 4 126 71 45 8 5 65 37 23 4 6 120 68 43 9 0 61 35 22 4 8 115 65 41 9 5 58 33 21 5 0 111 62 40 10 0 55 31 20 5 2 106 60 38 10 5 53 30 19 5 4 102 58 37 11 0 50 28 18 5 6 99 56 35 11 5 48 27 17 5 8 95 54 34 12 0 46 26 17 6 0 92 52 33 12 5 44 25 16 13 0 42 24 15 13 5 41 23 15 14 0 39 22 14 14 5 38 21 14 15 0 37 21 13 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP A19 Appendix A4 A Table 5g Filling times for D 99 sampler D 99 filling times in seconds to collect 6 liters stream nozzle diameter in velocity ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 3 0 368 207 133 35 316 178 114 4 0 276 155 99 4 5 245 138 88 5 0 221 124 80 5 5 201 113 72 6 0 184 104 66 6 5 170 96 61 7 0 158 89 57 i 147 83 53 8 0 138 78 50 8 5 130 73 47 9 0 123 69 44 9 5 116 65 42 10 0 110 62 40 10 5 105 59 38 11 0 100 57 36 11 5 96 54 35 12 0 92 52 33 12 5 88 50 32 13 0 85 48 31 13 5 82 46 29 14 0 719 44 28 14 5 76 43 27 15 0 74 41 27 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A 20 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Page left blank intentionally Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B1 APPENDIX A4 B Instructions Related to M
50. 4 6 8 70 slowest 1 p 4 6 1 8 9 2 1 2 3 2 5 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 3 35 44 46 4 8 49 5 1 5 3 6 00 70 fastest 1 2 4 6 8 2 0 22 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 5 0 52 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 5 30 78 slowest 1 2 4 6 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 9 3 1 3 3 3 5 3 7 39 TIREE 6 00 78 fastest 2 4 6 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 5 90 SIVddV SWIJWVS WALVM NOLLOTTIOO APP A 16 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Appendix 4 5 Filling times for isokinetic samplers To determine the transit rate in feet per second multiply the depth at the sampling vertical by 2 and divide by the sampling time Appendix A4 A Table Filling times for DH 81 sampler Appendix A4 A Table 5b Filling times for DH 95 sampler DH 95 filling times in seconds to collect 800 milliliters stream nozzle diameter in velocity ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 1 6 92 52 33 1 8 82 46 29 2 0 74 41 27 2 2 67 38 24 2 4 61 35 22 2 8 53 30 19 2 6 57 32 20 3 0 49 28 18 3 2 46 26 17 34 43 24 16 3 6 41 23 15 3 8 39 22 14 4 0 37 21 13 4 2 35 20 13 4 4 33 19 12 4 6 32 18 12 4 8 31 17 11 5 0 29 17 11 5 2 28 16 10
51. 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 21 e 18 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 000 amp 18 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 36 g 20 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 17 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24 2 5 3 000 8 20 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 51 8 24 slowest 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 1 2 2 2 3 24 25 2 7 2 8 2 9 3 0 3 000 2 24 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 81C 8 26 slowest 0 5 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 7 1 8 2 0 2 1 22 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 9 3 0 3 1 3 3 3 000 2 26 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 96 E 28 slowest 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 3 14 1 5 1 7 1 8 2 0 2 1 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 8 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 4 3 5 3 000 28 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 2 110 30 slowest 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 2 0 2 1 2 3 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 9 3 0 32 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 8 3 00 30 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40
52. 65 0 83 1 02 1 47 2 61 4 08 5 88 23 5 52 9 Depth to pump intake from MP Screened Open Interval TOP ftblw LSD MSL Depth to pump from LSD all units in feet Bottom 3 ftblw LSD MSL MP Depth to Top of Sampling Interval ft blw LSD MSL Depth to Bottom of Sampling Interval n ft blw LSD MSL Depth pump set from LSD MSL Notes Calculations 4 GW form ver 7 0 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B30 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES STN NO ALKALINITY ANC CALCULATIONS CALCULATIONS BEGINNING H20 TEMP BEGINNING H20 TEMP c ALKALINITY OR ANC meq L 1000 B Ca CF Vs ALKALINITY mg L As CaCO 50044 Ca CF Vs where B volume of acid titrant added from the initial pH to the bicarbonate equivalence point near pH 4 5 in milliliters To convert from digital counts to milliliters divide by 800 1 00 mL 800 counts Ca concentration of acid titrant in milliequivalents per milliliter same as equivalents per liter or N CF correction factor obtain from OWQRL for Hach acid cartridges of certain lot numbers default value is 1 00 Vs volume of sample in milliliters For samples with pH lt 9 2 BICARBONATE meq L 1000 B 2A Ca CF Vs BICARBONATE mg L 61017 B 2A Ca CF Vs CARBONATE meq L 2000 A Ca CF Vs CARBONATE mg L 60009 A Ca CF Vs where A volume o
53. 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 1 30 2 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 1 000 safe full 2 volume 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 800 2 fastest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 5 17 2 0 2 2 240 3 slowest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 04 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 000 safe full 3 volume 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 800 3 fastest 0 4 0 5 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 13 16 1 9 21 2 4 340 4 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 1 000 safe full 4 volume 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 09 1 1 2 4 800 4 fastest 0 4 0 6 0 7 09 1 0 1 1 13 14 1 7 2 0 23 2 6 420 5 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 4 04 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 9 1 0 2 E 1 000 safe full 5 volume 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 09 09 1 1 1 3 ds uh 800 5 fastest 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 12 14 15 18 2 1 24 27 500 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 12 4 6 1 000 safe full 6 volume 0 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 10 1 1 14 1 6 8 2 0 800 6 fastest 0 5 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 1 13 1 5 16 19 2 3 2 6 2 9 560 7 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 2 14 6 1 8 1 000 safe full 7 volume 0 4 0 5 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 13 16 19 21 2 4 800 7 fastest 0 5
54. A4 B 1 a Put on gloves before chalking a steel tape Using a weighted steel or electric tape in a nonpumping well record two or more consecutive water level measurements to the nearest 0 01 ft for wells of 200 ft to water starting at the permanent measuring reference point Repeat the measurement until precision is within 0 02 ft U S Geological Survey 1980 e Do not allow the well tape to contact the ground before inserting it into the well After measuring the water level clean the tape NFM 3 3 8 to avoid cross contaminating the next well e Do not use lead weights but weight the tape with stainless steel or another relatively noncontaminating material e At wells deeper than 200 ft calculate the compensation factor to account for stretching of the tape b Record water level measurement on field forms and in GWSI USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandum No 2006 01 Note any deviations from standard water level measuring procedures on field forms fig 4 12 It is useful also to record water level data into QWDATA c Set up a system to measure water levels throughout purging Electrical tapes or submersible pressure transducers are recommended repeated measurements with a steel tape can be cumbersome and can generate turbidity in the water column If a packer system is used install pressure transducers above and below the packer d Clean the tape after each use to avoid cross contamination of wells
55. AND PUMP TYPE describe WATER APPROX TIME LEVEL DRAW TEMPER CONDUC pH DISSOLVED TURBID PUMPING below DOWN ATURE TIVITY OXYGEN ITY RATE MP LS HR MIN ftorm ftorm Celsius uS cm standard mg L E gpm or units L min Circle the unit used MP measuring point LS land surface HR MIN hour and minutes ft feet m meter uS cm microsiemens per centimeter at 25 C mg L miligrams per liter gpm gallons per minute L min liters per minute Select the appropriate turbidity unit from http water usgs gov owq turbidity codes xls Well volume V 0 0408 HD gallons Purge volume n V gallons V volume of water in well in gallons D inside well diameter in inches height of water column in feet n number of well volumes to purge Well volume is 0 16 gallons per foot for a 2 in casing diameter FIELD MEASUREMENT STABILITY CRITERIA pH X 0 1 standard units Temperature T in degrees Celsius 0 2 C thermistor thermometer 0 5 C liquid in glass thermometer Specific electrical conductance SC 5 for SC lt 100 uS cm 3 for SC gt 100 uS cm Dissolved oxygen concentration DO 0 3 mg L Turbidity TBY 10 for turbidity lt 100 Allowable variation between 5 or more sequential field measurement values gt Select appropriate TBY unit from http water usgs go
56. March 26 1990 92 59 Policy for management and retention of undated 1992 hydrologic data of the U S Geological Survey 94 008 LEGAL Agreement forms 9 1482 February 18 1994 9 1482A and 9 1483 99 03 SAFETY Water Resources Division November 17 1998 hazardous waste site operations Revised safety policy and guidance 99 32 SAFETY Water Resources Division policy August 17 1990 for safety associated with measurements sampling and related streamgaging 99 34 Quality assurance measures for serving real February 28 2000 time water data on the World Wide Web Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIXES Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A2 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIX A4 A Transit Rate and Volume Guidelines and Filling Times for Isokinetic Samplers The tables in Appendix A4 A apply to the first complete round trip transit starting with an empty sampler container These tables are valid only if the sampler is emptied between verticals Tables 1 through 5 show 1 Isokinetic transit rates and volumes for a 1 liter bottle sampler US DH 81 US DH 95 US D 95 with a a 3 16 inch nozzle b 1 4 inch nozzle c 5 16 inch nozzle The designations in the RATE column of tables 1 1b and Ic are defined as follows Slowest The transit rate that fills the sampler to its
57. Sample Design and Interpretation and the following USGS Branch of Quality Systems Technical Memorandums 90 03 92 01 95 01 QC quality control Blank water abbreviations PBW pesticide grade not nitrogen gas purged blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade nitrogen gas purged blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water Field blank Equipment blank BLANK SAMPLES2 Sample type General description Blank water that is passed through the entire sampling equipment system onsite and subjected to identical collection processing preservation transportation and storage procedures and laboratory handling as for environmental samples The field blank is processed onsite through clean equipment on the same day as and along with the environmental samples either a directly after the equipment has been field cleaned and before leaving for the next site NFM 3 or b at the next site just before environmental samples for that site are processed A set of blanks can be processed and associated with the field blank fig 4 14 Blank water that is passed sequentially through each component of the equipment system to be used for collecting and processing environmental samples and resulting in a single final blank sample Differs from a field blank in that the equipment blank is processed under controlled conditions in an office laboratory and before equipment will be used for field work Standard USG
58. Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 116 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Steps for sampling from water supply wells Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Safety pre Measure Purge the Withdraw cautions JWM water well and PES sample site prepa level monitor water rations field measure ments Step5 e ette Process i Step 6 and bottle TEREE gt Clean samples equipment NFM 5 NFM 3 Ensure that the field effort is adequately staffed and equipped Check QC requirements before departing QC samples require additional equipment and supplies Implement good field practices and CH DH techniques as applicable duties typically performed by Clean Hands CH and Dirty Hands are indicated in the steps that follow Check that you have the correct site and well folders and a document preferably signed granting site access and well sampling and purging permission Step 1 Supply well sampling Safety and site preparations a Upon arrival set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs as needed Park vehicle in a position to prevent sample contamination from vehicle and traffic emissions and the prevailing wind e Check the well identification number and compare it with the number in the well file and in field notes section 4 2 1 e Assign CH DH tasks b Describe well and site conditions in fie
59. Table 4 9 lists considerations for selection or installation of wells at which water quality will be monitored that relate to the quality or representativeness of the samples to be collected gt Section 4 2 2 A discusses adverse effects on sample chemistry from introducing air and other fluids into the borehole during well construction and the importance of monitoring the communication of the well with the aquifer for signs of deterioration gt Section 4 2 2 B describes the effect of pumping rates well yield and aquifer heterogeneity and anisotropy on the sampling effort and how these factors can limit the types of sample analyses to be performed gt Section 4 2 2 C focuses on the vulnerability of ground water samples to contamination from atmospheric gases standing fluids and bottom detritus in the borehole and equipment use Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 87 Some wells might not be suitable for water quality monitoring The ultimate decision as to when and if a well should be sampled rests with the study or program personnel and depends on the specific sampling and data quality requirements of the study Field personnel need to be alert to the conditions that might cause a change in the suitability of the well over time whether because of well characteristics land use conditions or other factors In general avoid sampling gt Wells t
60. Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B17 Appendix A4 B 4 Water level measurement by the air line method gt The submerged air line method for measuring a depth to the water sur face in a nonflowing well requires installation of the air line and asso ciated equipment This method is especially useful in pumped wells where water turbulence may preclude using a more precise steel tape or electric tape method and can be used while the well is being pumped The air line method is less accurate than the graduated steel tape or the electric tape method Bends or spirals in the air line do not influence the accuracy of this method as long as the position of the tubing is not appreciably changed gt Water level measurements using an altitude gage should be accurate to 0 1 foot gt Water level measurements using a pressure gage are approximate and should not be considered accurate to more than the nearest one foot gt When measuring deep water levels corrections for fluid temperatures and vertical differences in air density are additional considerations see Garber and Koopman 1968 Equipment and Supplies Appendix A4 B 4 Air line method for water level measurement 1 8 or 1 4 inch diameter seamless copper tubing brass tubing or galvanized pipe with a suitable pipe tee for connecting an altitude or pressure gage Flexible plastic tubing can be used
61. a faster rate Changes in pumping rate might increase turbidity Dissolved oxygen concentration Eh or turbidity should not be measured while using a dual pumping system Record measurements while operating only the submersible pump gt When the water table is less than 25 to 30 ft from land surface a peristaltic pump can be used for small diameter wells A peristaltic pump or other comparable suction device can affect dissolved oxygen concentrations and Eh measurements unless low gaseous diffusion tubing such as Tygon is used NFM 2 gt An inflatable packer sometimes is set above and below the screened open interval with a pump intake located within the screened open interval Packers sometimes fail to form a complete seal between aquifer intervals and should be used with pressure transduc ers located directly above and below the isolated interval to indicate whether water is leaking past the packers or short circuiting in the aquifer The materials of which the packer is made also might affect sample chemistry by leaching or sorbing target analytes Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 124 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt A bailer is not recommended for purging The plunging action of the bailer can release or stir up particulates that are not ambient in ground water flow resulting in biased measurements and analyses Steps for sampling at monitoring wells
62. and the measuring tape can hang freely when it is in contact with the MP Locate the MP at the most convenient place from which to measure the water level From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 3 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 2 Clearly mark the MP either with an arrow sprayed with bright col ored paint or with a notch cut into the top of the casing The MP must be as permanent as possible and be clearly visible and easily located Location of the MP must be described in the well file Measure the height of the MP in feet above or below LSD For USGS studies record the following information into GWSI figure B1 e Height and detailed description of the MP Note that values for measuring point below land surface should be preceded by a minus sign Date the MP was established For most water quality studies the LSD and MP should be sur veyed in Establish at least one clearly displayed reference mark RM in a location near the well for example a lag bolt set into a nearby telephone pole The RM is an arbitrary datum established by per manent marks and is used to check the MP or to re establish an MP should the original MP be destroyed or need to be changed Clearly locate the MP and RM on a detailed site sketch that goes into the well folder the sketch commonly is made on the b
63. as an M scope marked at 5 foot intervals with clamped on metal bands has been replaced by newer more accurate models Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B9 A4 B 3 a Steel tape The graduated steel tape wetted tape procedure is considered to be the most accurate method for measuring a depth to the water surface at nonflowing wells A graduated steel tape is commonly accurate to 0 01 foot When measuring deep water levels however tape expansion and stretch is a necessary consideration Garber and Koopman 1968 The method is most accurate for water levels less than 200 feet below land surface This method is not recommended for measuring pumping lev els in wells gt May be impossible to get reliable results if water is dripping into the well or condensing on the well casing gt If the well casing is angled instead of vertical the depth to water will have to be corrected gt The steel tape should be calibrated against a reference steel tape A reference steel tape is one that is maintained in the office for use only for calibrating steel tapes gt Check that the well is free of obstructions that can affect the plumbness of the steel tape An accurate measurement cannot be made if the tape does not hang plumb Before making a measurement 1 Ensure that the steel tape for field use has been calibrated using a reference steel
64. basic quality control of the sampling process rather than identifying the specific source of the contamination The field blank consists of an aliquot of blank water processed sequentially through each component of the sampling system fig 4 14 and Appendix A4 C The field blank provides a measure of the total contamination bias present in the sample P To address topical quality control questions blanks can be collected onsite that represent components of the sampling system for example the sampler blank surface water splitter blank filter blank or pump or bailer blank ground water Such topical field blanks can be used to trace the specific source of contamination gt When collecting field blanks for inorganic and organic analyses after sampling at a site use the following sequence and the protocols described in NFM 3 and shown in NFM 3 fig 3 1 for equipment cleaning 1 Clean equipment for inorganic constituent sampling detergent gt tapwater DIW gt acid if needed gt DIW 2 Rinse equipment with IBW at least three times 3 Collect the IBW blank sample for analysis of inorganic con stituents 4 Resume equipment cleaning for organic compound sampling methanol if needed gt air dry exposed surfaces IBW or PBW as appropriate Remove methanol from pumps tubing and other equipment as described in 3 5 Rinse equipment at least three times with the appropriate organic grade blank water VPBW or
65. be installed after the outlet end of the maniford and close to the sample processing chamber Avoid splashing or pooling water inside the chamber while processing sample and filling sample bottles Flow should be constant and uninterrupted while purging and sampling Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 122 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 5 Collect and process the sample Refer to NFM 5 Processing of Water Samples for instructions regarding the field rinse of sample bottles sample filtration and the collection and preservation of wholewater and filtered samples RULE OF THUMB The rate of flow for filling sample bottles should not exceed 500 mL min for bottles 250 mL or greater in volume or 150 mL min for 40 mL VOC vials Step 6 Clean equipment gt Refer to NFM 3 Cleaning of Equipment for Water Sampling Sampling equipment must be cleaned as instructed in 3 before leaving the field site At sites at which the level of contamination is suspected or known to exceed drinking water standards or health advisories use sample tubing that is disposable or dedicated to that site in order to minimize the risk of cross contamination between wells Wear gloves while cleaning and handling sampling equipment e Rinse sampling equipment with deionized water before the equipment dries e Clean equipment to be used at another well during the same field trip after rinsing it and b
66. be restored to its origi nal operating condition Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B24 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 2 10 11 12 Connect a flexible hose with a 3 way valve to the well with hose clamps Select a gage where the water pressure in the well will fall in the middle third of the gage range If in doubt use a pressure gage having a 100 pound per square inch psi range to make an initial measurement then select the gage with the proper range for more accurate measurements Attach the altitude pressure gage to one of the two open valve positions using a wrench Never tighten or loosen the gage by twisting the case because the strain will disturb the calibration and give erroneous readings Bleed air from the hose using the other open valve position Open the altitude pressure gage valve slowly to reduce the risk of damage by the water hammer effect to the well distribution lines and gages Once the needle stops moving tap the glass face of the gage lightly with a finger to make sure that the needle is not stuck Make sure that the well is not being used by checking to see that there are no fluctuations in pressure Hold the altitude pressure gage in a vertical position with the cen ter of the gage at the exact height of the MP If using an altitude gage read the gage to the nearest 0 1 foot For pressure gages with psi units r
67. begins section 4 3 Equipment and supplies must be selected that are appropriate for the use intended gt Ensure that the field team is staffed and equipped adequately For example additional personnel and equipment are required for collection of concurrently collected samples concurrent replicate samples section 4 3 Use of safety equipment and procedures is mandatory NFM 9 gt Prior to sample collection the study team must establish a NWIS site file and field folder for each sampling location section 4 1 1 The U S Geological Survey USGS technical and policy memorandums referenced in this manual are available on the Web see Selected References and Documents for numbered memorandum titles dates and the Web address Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 26 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 1 1 SITE FILES Field personnel are responsible for establishing and maintaining electronic and paper site files and ensuring their accuracy and completeness The infor mation required for establishing electronic records in NWIS and for creating field folders for surface water sampling sites is summarized below 4 1 1 A NWIS Files USGS policy requires specific information on surface water sampling sites to be stored in the site file in NWIS Hubbard 1992 USGS Water Resources Policy Memorandum 92 59 Site files should be established as soon as the sampling site has been selected The
68. blank before field activities begin to test the suitability of the equipment for its intended use NEM 2 Equipment selection for water sampling NFM 3 Equipment cleaning for water sampling NFM 6 Field measurements Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 100 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt All sampling equipment must be cleaned and the efficacy of the cleaning or decontamination procedures should be confirmed with analyses from quality control samples NFM 3 Document in field notes the cleaning and quality assurance procedures used along with the analytical results for equipment blank samples collected to test cleaning procedures gt A flow splitting manifold fig 4 10 constructed of noncontaminating materials is recommended for directing the pumped sample flow to the point of sample collection usually a sample collection or sample processing chamber gt When setting up a pump system that requires a hydrocarbon fueled generator take note of the wind direction and locate the generator downwind from the sampling operation gt Pump tubing should be kept as short as possible to avoid changes in sample temperature and should extend directly into a processing chamber or glove box to avoid sample contamination from the atmosphere Set up sample chambers before beginning sample collection a flowthrough chamber if used for field measurements NFM 6 and processing an
69. blank in this example is identical to the filter blank because the filter assembly is the final component of the equipment system through which the blank is processed Working in the processing chamber precondition the filter with blank water NFM 5 e Surface water example Pump the required volume of blank water from the churn splitter through the prerinsed filter assembly into the field blank bottle e Ground water example Pump the required volume of blank water from the standpipe through the prerinsed filter assembly into the field blank bottle l These are special cases of a splitter blank pump blank and filter blank respectively because the equipment component named is the final component but not the only component contacting the blank sample Figure 4 14 Example procedure for collecting a field blank quality control sample Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 143 REPLICATE SAMPLES 4 3 2 The primary purpose of replicate samples is to identify and or quantify the variability in all or part of the sampling and analysis system Replicates environmental samples collected in duplicate triplicate or greater multiples are considered identical or nearly identical in composition and are analyzed for the same chemical properties Common types of replicates are described below and summarized in Appendix A4 C Field personnel should b
70. can account for and accommodate QC needs that arise from unforeseen site conditions Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 134 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Basic QC samples are collected routinely to document the quality of the environmental data and to identify whether data quality problems exist They are designed to measure most sources of error that affect environmental samples Basic QC samples include field blanks field matrix spikes and field replicates gt Topical QC samples address specific QC needs or topics and commonly are designed to 1 help determine when sampling should commence 2 locate the cause and source of data quality problems and 3 assess comparability among field methods Topical QC samples include all the QC sample types not specifically designated basic QC samples Good science requires consideration of measurement errors such as bias and variability in data analysis The field team or person collecting samples should be involved in assessing the analytical results of the QC samples collected because only they have all of the information about the site conditions and procedures that were followed This knowledge could be crucial in understanding QC sample results For any water quality sampling event USGS field personnel must gt Be knowledgeable about and alert to potential sources of contamination table 4 11 When in doubt it usua
71. can impose specific constraints on the sampling effort and achieving results that can be interpreted within a defined measure of quality These considerations affect the selection of the equipment and sampling methods to be used and ultimately may result in determining that a well is unsuitable for the intended data collection effort Pumping rate The pumping rate capability of a given well and pump system is related to well capacity Compared with pumping rates at supply wells pumping rates at domestic wells are low Advantages and disadvantages associated with low and high capacity wells are described in Lapham and others 1997 When reviewing study objectives consider the effect of the proposed pumping rate on the aquifer with respect to what the water quality of the samples to be collected will represent gt Pumping a few tens of gallons per minute can induce substantial leakage from confining beds if drawdown is rapid formation materials are low yielding By contrast pumping at a rate of thousands of gallons per minute from high yielding materials is not likely to induce such leakage gt Pumping ata high rate can cause turbulence and thus turbidity in the water column resulting in biased data gt Pumping at a low rate for example 1 to 4 gal min or 3 8 to about 15 L min in deep wells might result in the sample taking several hours to reach land surface A long residence time of water within the sample tubing may comprom
72. cross contamination of other wells disinfect the tape using commercially available hypochlorite wipes or a dilute chlorine solution 1 mL of bleach added to 900 mL water NFM 3 3 8 Rinse with DIW and dry the tape after each use Do not store a steel tape while dirty or wet MP HOLD LAND SURFACE DATUM LSD Example calculation of depth to water in feet ft See fig B1 Hold for DTW 15 00 ft Cut 1 29 DTW from MP 13 71 MP 0 85 DTW from LSD 12 86 a o M m 2 n a 5 3 o 2 a T a N 13 71 Depth to water from WETTED CHALK Figure B2 Example of a water level measurement using a graduated steel tape Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B13 A4 B 3 b Electric tape The electric tape procedure for measuring depth to the water surface in a nonflowing well is especially useful in wells that are being pumped with large discharge pumps when making a series of measurements in rapid suc cession for example during purging or aquifer tests and in wells with con densation or dripping water Use of an electric tape minimizes the danger of tape entanglement in the pump impellers because the probe signals when the water surface is reached The accuracy of electric tape measurements depends on the type of tape used and whether or not the tape has been stretched out of calibration after use
73. distance above the top of the screened open interval of 7 to 10 times the well diameter for example 14 to 20 in for a 2 in well diameter if the sample is to represent the entire screened or open interval of aquifer The location of the intake might be different if the study objective requires collecting the sample from a point within the screened open interval or from wells in which packers are installed e Place water level sensor electric tapes a maximum of 1 ft about 0 3 m below the water surface c Position the pump intake e If final intake position is above the screened or open inter val do not exceed 1 ft about 0 3 m of drawdown e If final intake position is within the screened or open inter val do not exceed 0 5 ft about 0 15 m of drawdown The final pumping rate should be as slow as necessary to avoid causing turbidity d Start the pump channeling initial discharge to waste Discharge the initial well water through the waste line until sediment is cleared from the flow e Gradually increase and or adjust the pumping rate to limit drawdown to between 0 5 and 1 ft about 0 15 to 0 3 m if possible e If using a variable speed pump adjust the rate of flow at the pump If using a constant speed pump control the flow rate using a needle valve fig 4 10 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 129 e Do not use a three w
74. each EDI based on data objectives for the study variation in field measurements flow and stream channel characteristics along the cross section and volume of sample required for analyses of target analytes f Divide the cross section into equal discharge increments e When determining the number of increments to be sampled keep in mind that the subsample collected at the centroid of each EDI must represent the mean streamflow measured for that increment If mean streamflow for the increment is not represented increase the number of increments by decreas ing the volume represented by each discharge increment until the mean streamflow value for the increment is repre sented e Asa guide a minimum of 4 sampling increments is recom mended the number of increments is usually less than 10 g Determine the location of the centroid of flow within each increment from the discharge measurement by 1 constructing a curve using cumulative discharge or cumulative percentage of discharge fig 4 5 plotted against cross section stationing or 2 determining EDI locations directly from the discharge measurement sheet fig 4 6 an explanation of this method and definition of midpoint are described in Edwards and Glysson 1999 Centroid of flow locations also can be determined from an EDI graph as described below and in the TECHNICAL NOTE that follows the example below Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWR
75. field chain of custody and Analytical Services Request forms prepare bottle labels Prepare lists of chemical constituents with respect to analytical schedules methods laboratory codes bottle type and volume sample handling chemical treatment and preservation procedures sample shipment quality control samples Field folder contents Prepare a list of logistical information needed for each site such as permission to access site keys maps Safety equipment and information Keep a copy of NFM 9 for field use and list special considerations for the site such as personal flotation devices Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 18 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES FIELD TRIP PREPARATIONS PROJECT SITES DATE Y Prefield activity Comments Order supplies Ordered 3 cases Ultrex for site 2 Completed on by Prepare deionized water in house Last change of cartridges on system Last chemical analysis on Check prior laboratory analysis by Conductivity checks out by Check expiration dates on reagents Need conductivity standard s Need pH buffer s Clean and test equipment Completed on by Problems Collect equipment blanks Completed on by Results reviewed by Water quality specialist or project chief Clean sample bottles Completed on by Label sample bottles
76. field preparation problem k counts outside the acceptable range Null value Qualifiers e required equipment not functional or available f sample discarded improper filter used insufficient amount of water Sample Medium Codes 71999 Sample purpose 6 Regular Ground water 10 Routine S Quality control sample associated 15 NAWQA environmental sample 6 GW 50 GW Network For replicates and spikes 110 Study Q Artificial 120 Irrigation Effects 130 Recharge Injection 9 Regular 7 Replicate 2 Blank 1 Spike Sample Type Code A complete set of fixed value Codes can be found online at http wwwnwis er usgs gov currentdocs index html Time Zone Hawaii Aleutian Alaska Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic 00003 Sampling depth ft blw LSD 00059 Sampling flow rate GPM 72004 Pump or flow period prior to sampling minutes 72019 Water level ft blw LSD 82398 Sampling method 4010 Thief sampler 4020 Open top bailer 4025 Double valve bailer 50280 Purpose of site visit 2001 Primary primary samples should not exist for a site for more than one date per HIP and the primary sampling date generally has the highest number of NAWQA analytes 2002 Supplemental to fill in missing schedules not sampled or lost 2003 Temporal characterization for previously sampled schedules includes LIP and seasonal samples 2004 Resample to verify questionable concentrations in
77. fittings male female such as hose type connectors precleaned Tools such as wrenches to remove well cap Tubing to direct waste discharge offsite or into sample container Water level measurement equipment See NFM 2 4 for more detailed examples of equipment and supply checklists for sampling Figure 4 13 Example of checklist of equipment and supplies to prepare for sampling ground water at wells Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 OF WATER SAMPLES Steps for sampling The standard USGS procedure for collecting ground water samples consists of the following six basic steps and the activities needed to carry them out The procedures needed for supply wells differ somewhat from those used for monitor wells Steps 1 through 4 are detailed in this section Steps 5 and 6 are described in NFM 5 Processing of Water Samples and NFM 3 Cleaning of Equipment for Water Sampling respectively Step 1 Implement safety precautions and site preparations Act with common sense Be aware of existing and impending environ mental conditions and hazards Field personnel must be familiar with the guidance and protocols provided in NFM 9 Safety in Field Activ ities Organized and orderly procedures for setting up a site for sam pling should be routine and helps to prevent mistakes that could compromise personnel safety as well as sample integrity Step
78. glass or metal for equipment components that will be in contact with samples to be analyzed for organic com pounds Exception if collecting CFC samples do not use Teflon sampler components or Teflon tubing NFM 5 Inorganic constituent samples Use fluorocarbon polymer or other relatively inert and uncolored plastics or glass for any equipment components that will be in contact with sam ples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents Do not use metal or rubber components for trace element sampling Stainless steel sheathed pumps are generally acceptable but can leach low concentrations of chromium molybdenum nickel and vanadium to the sample Collect an equipment blank to be analyzed before sampling begins to demon strate the acceptability of the data to be collected gt Set up clean workspace usually in the water quality field vehicle and the sample processing and preservation chambers Place the filter unit and other necessary supplies for sample collection and processing into the processing chamber The generator and gas tanks must not be stored or transported in the water quality field vehicle Plan ahead Take adequate time for site recon and to prepare sampling plans order supplies test equipment and get the training needed Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 111 2 Checklist for ground water site setup and well sampling
79. have pressure compensa tion and opening and closing valves and are not considered bottle samplers for the purposes of this document The tables in Appendix A4 A were not designed for use with point samplers Centroid as used to designate a special case of stream sampling location for the equal discharge increment method The vertical in the increment at which discharge is equal on both sides of the vertical G Douglas Glysson U S Geological Survey written commun 1997 Contaminant Biological chemical or physical substances or properties added to the medium of concern through human activity or natural processes and that corrupt its ambient composition Contamination of water Corruption of ambient water composition or attributes by the addition of biological chemical or physical substances as a result of human activity or natural processes Addition of such substances can degrade the quality of the water resource Data quality requirements That subset of data quality objectives pertaining specifically to the analytical detection level for concentrations of target ana lytes and the variability allowable without compromising achievement of the scientific objectives of the study Depth integrated sample A sample collected when each vertical portion of the stream depth is represented in the sample in proportion to the desired sam pling scheme Depth integration method of sampling at every point through out a given d
80. in NFM 2 while standard USGS equipment cleaning procedures are detailed in NFM 3 Selection maintenance and proper cleaning of sampling equipment are of paramount importance in preventing sample contamination and these protocols should be carefully reviewed and consistently implemented Only clean equipment should be transported to the field Once field work has begun and before samples are collected the sample wetted portions of most of the collection and processing equipment require a field rinse with native water Field rinsing helps to condition or equilibrate sampling equipment to the sample environment Rinsing also serves to ensure that all cleaning solution residues have been removed gt The Clean Hands team member is responsible for field rinsing the equipment whenever CH DH procedures are used gt The use and field rinsing procedures are summarized below for sampling devices and for sample compositing and sample splitting equipment Samples for bacteria analysis are not to be taken from a churn splitter unless it has been sterilized as described in NFM 7 1 1 and has no metal parts in the spigot unit Churn splitter The 14 L churn can be used to split samples with par ticle sizes 250 um and suspended sediment concentrations 1 000 mg L however splitting accuracy becomes unacceptable for particle sizes gt 250 um and suspended sediment concentrations gt 1 000 mg L Sam ple volumes less than 4 L or greater than 13 L c
81. made of fluorocarbon polymer or other relatively inert and uncolored plastics or glass if components will directly con tact samples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents Do not use metal or rubber components for trace element sampling e Collect samples to be analyzed for sediment concentration and or particle size distribution using a separate set of clean sample bottles Sediment samples generally are not field composited e Collect samples for microbiological analyses using equip ment and techniques described in NFM 7 e Calibrate field instruments as described in NFM 6 Step 2 Select sampling locations Review data objectives to ensure they will be met at the sampling location s selected If discharge weighted samples are needed and the stream section is well mixed with respect to target analytes locate multiple sampling points along the cross section using the EDI method a Measure discharge at the cross section where samples will be collected b At sites with very little sampling history measure the variation within each field measurement specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen along the cross section and review these data c Locate the centroid of flow if distribution of streamflow and the field measurement data indicate that the section is well mixed refer to the description of the VCF sampling method at the end of this section 4 1 3 A Collection of Water Samples Ve
82. number Increment width is based on study objectives variation in field measurements and flow and stream channel characteristics along the cross section e Collect the subsample at the center of each equal width increment the vertical e Ifthe subsample does not represent the mean value for that incre ment decrease the increment width until the mean value for the increment is represented This will increase the number of incre ments sampled e Locate the first sampling vertical at a distance of one half of the selected increment width from the edge of the water Locate all the other verticals at the center of each remaining equal width increment along the cross section Example e Ifa stream 56 ft wide has been divided into 14 increments of 4 ft each the first sampling vertical would be 2 ft from the water s edge and subsequent verticals would be at 6 10 14 ft from the water s edge and so forth e Even if streamflow is divided as in a braided channel equal width increments must be identical from channel to channel and the same constant transit rate must be used at each vertical f Make slight adjustments to sampling locations if necessary to avoid sampling where the flow is affected by a pier or other obstruction Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 45 TECHNICAL NOTE Sampling near or downstream from large in stream obstructio
83. owner and the USGS for well use access or construction field forms and logs and any ancillary informa tion that is collected are stored in well files and field folders USGS Office of Ground Water Technical Memorandum 2003 03 Much of the information needed to set up files for existing wells can be obtained from well owners drillers records from state or local jurisdictions and well construction logs Information needed to set up well files for new wells is compiled by field per sonnel as part of their responsibilities associated with well installation Lapham and others 1997 gt NWIS Within the NWIS system well information ground water levels and water quality data are stored in three subsystems the Ground Water Site Inventory GWSI Quality of Water Data QWDATA and the Automatic Data Processing System ADAPS Individual studies and USGS Water Science Center offices may have additional data storage requirements GWSI primarily contains 1 descriptive information about the site and well 2 construction information and 3 noncontinuous water level data A GWSI site file table 4 7 must be established for each well at which water level and other data are collected table 4 7 Hoopes 2004 USGS OWQ OGW Technical Memorandum 2006 01 When creating or updating a GWSI site file record field personnel should fill in as much information as is available in addition to the required information For example the GUNIT
84. p Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 160 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Garber M S and Koopman F C 1968 Methods of measuring water levels in deep wells U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations book 8 chap Al Washington U S Government Printing Office 23 p Gellenbeck Dorinda 2005 User s manual for the National Water Information System of the U S Geological Survey USGS Water Quality System QWDATA Version 4 3 U S Geological Survey Open File Report 2005 1081 355 p Gibs Jacob Brown G A Turner K S MacLeod C L Jelinski J C and Koehnlein S A 1993 Effects of small scale vertical variations in well screen inflow rates and concentrations of organic compounds on the collection of representative ground water quality samples Ground Water v 31 no 2 p 201 208 Gibs Jacob and Imbrigiotta T E 1990 Well purging criteria for sampling purgeable organic compounds Ground Water v 28 no 1 p 68 78 Gibs Jacob Szabo Zoltan Ivahnenko Tamara and Wilde F D 2000 Change in field turbidity and trace element concentrations during well purging Ground Water v 38 no 4 p 577 488 Heath R C 1983 Basic ground water hydrology U S Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 2220 p 72 73 Hoopes B C ed 2004 User s manual for the National Water Information System of the U S Geological Survey USGS Ground Water Site
85. preparations Antibacksiphon device one way or check valve Chemical reagents for sample preservation and field analyses and ice Deionized water and blank water Disposable powderless laboratory grade gloves Equipment cleaning decontamination and disinfectant supplies Field forms for example ground water quality water level and chain of custody forms electronic or paper indelible ballpoint pen black or blue ink Field manual sampling and quality control plan s Filtration units and supplies Flow regulating valve needle valve or pinch clamps Flow splitting valve s for manifold system Flowthrough cell or chamber and field measurement instrument s single parameter or multiparameter standard and buffer solutions Kimwipes see NFM 6 Keys for locked facilities Microbiota sampling supplies see NFM 7 Photoionization detector PID or sniffer Sample processing and preservation chambers in which samples are bottled and treated respectively and associated supplies Safety equipment Sample containers precleaned Sampling device s precleaned portable equipment or other as appropriate and power supply if needed spare batteries Sample tubing precleaned several lengths Shipping containers and supplies Stopwatch and calibrated bucket to measure pumping rate Tarp or plastic sheeting to place around well Threaded
86. related activities table 4 11 and Appendix A4 C Various types of blanks can be used or customized to identify the source of sample contamination table 4 12 and Appendix A4 C Appendix A4 D provides examples for estimating the volume of blank solution needed It is necessary to obtain blank water of the quality and type appropriate for the chemical analysis to be performed on the sample Blank water is strictly defined within the USGS as specially prepared distilled deionized water DIW that is laboratory produced quality controlled and that carries a certificate of analyte concentrations for each grade and lot of water produced USGS water quality projects obtain quality assured blank water through the One Stop Shopping system of the National Water Quality Laboratory NWQL gt Inorganic grade blank water IBW is required for blanks that will be analyzed for inorganic constituents major and minor ions including nutrients trace elements and suspended sediments gt Pesticide grade PBW is required for blanks that will be analyzed for pesticide compounds and organic carbon gt VOC Pesticide grade VPBW has been purged with nitrogen gas N gt and is required for blanks that will be analyzed for volatile organic compounds VPBW is appropriate as a blank sample for analysis of pesticides organic carbon and suspended sediments Before collecting blank samples the laboratory certification of concentration for each analyte in t
87. sam pler components with deionized water before they dry and place them into a plastic bag for transporting to the office laboratory to be cleaned If the sampler will be reused during the field trip rinse the com ponents with DIW while still wet from sampling and then field clean while at the sampling site using the prescribed procedures NFM 3 Reassemble the sampler Collect a field blank if required after sampling equipment has been cleaned at the sampling site Place the cleaned sampler into a plastic bag and seal for trans port to the next site Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 50 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Equal discharge increment EDI method The objective of the EDI method is to collect a discharge weighted sample that represents the entire flow passing through the cross section by obtaining a series of samples each representing equal volumes of stream discharge The EDI method requires that flow in the cross section be divided into increments of equal discharge Equal volume depth integrated samples are collected at the centroid of each of the equal discharge increments along the cross section fig 4 5 Centroid is defined as that point in the increment at which discharge is equal on both sides of the point Steps for the EDI sampling method Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Prepare Select equal Select the Collect for discharge P transit sample samplin
88. sampler intake Supply wells have water lubricated turbine pumps rather than oil lubricated turbine pumps Avoid suction lift jet or gas contact pumps especially for analytes affected by pressure changes exposure to oxygen or that partition to a gas phase Pump and riser pipe materials do not affect target analyte concentrations Effects of pumping rate on measurements and analyses have been or will be evaluated Sampler intake is ahead of where water enters treatment systems pressure tanks or holding tanks Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 90 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 2 2 A Well Construction and Structural Integrity Lapham and others 1997 describe common well drilling well completion and well development methods and the importance of checking the structural integrity of the well periodically Study personnel should be aware of the effects that well installation and the potential failure of the well structure can have on the data being collected Effects of well construction Well drilling well completion and well development methods can have long range effects on sample chemistry Lapham and others 1997 Field personnel should review the well construction methods and materials used in addition to the length and diameter of the well screen and casing and how the well was completed gt Circulation in the borehole of air and fluids such a
89. sampling in fractured rock Ground Water Monitoring and Remediation v 22 no 3 p 151 164 Shelton L R 1994 Field guide for collecting and processing stream water samples for the National Water Quality Assessment Program U S Geological Survey Open File Report 94 455 42 p Solomon D K and Sudicky E A 1992 Correction to Tritium and helium 3 isotope ratios for direct estimation of spatial variations in groundwater recharge Water Resources Research v 28 no 4 p 1197 Szabo Z Rice D E Plummer L N Busenberg E Drenkard S and Schlosser P 1996 Age dating of shallow groundwater with chlorofluorocarbons tritium helium 3 and flow path analysis southern New Jersey coastal plain Water Resources Research v 32 no 4 p 1023 1038 Taylor J K 1987 Quality assurance of chemical measurements Chelsea Mich Lewis Publishers 328 p Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 163 United States Office of Water Data Coordination 1977 National handbook of recommended methods for water data acquisition Office of Water Data Coordination Geological Survey U S Department of the Interior Reston Va chap 2 p 1 149 Unwin J P and Huis Dennis 1983 A laboratory investigation of the purging behavior of small diameter monitoring wells Proceedings of the Third Annual Symposium on Groundwater Monitoring and Aquifer Restorat
90. shape and loosely fold over the top opening c Slosh the sample water back and forth from the bottom to the top of the bag d Keeping the bag in a tube like shape hold it horizontally and rotate it making sure that the water flows into all of the folds of the Teflon bag To field rinse a churn splitter Put on gloves 2 Pour 2 to 4 L of rinse water from the sampler into the churn splitter churn through the top funnel 3 Remove the churn from the churn carrier leaving the outer plastic bag inside the carrier Move the churn disk up and down several times to ensure that the inside of the churn is thoroughly wetted then swirl the rinse water vigorously in the churn 4 Pierce a hole through the inner plastic bag to expose the churn spigot and drain the rinse water through the spigot If sand is present swirl water vig orously in the churn open the plastic bag and partially lift the churn cover to pour the rinse water out of the top of the churn Draining the rinse water through the spigot will not adequately remove sand 5 After draining the rinse water from the churn rotate the churn in the plastic bag so that the spigot is not exposed Place the inner plastic bag holding the churn into an outer plastic bag and place into the churn carrier Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 37 To field rinse the cone splitter 1 Put on gloves
91. sufficient information to meet the criteria established by the study Borehole or casing screen diameter is adequate for equipment Depth to top and bottom of sample collection open or screened interval is known to determine area contributing water to well well depth and other well construction and well development information is available Length of well screen is proportional to the vertical and areal scale of investigation Well has only one screened or open interval if possible Packers can be used to isolate the interval of interest but packers might not completely isolate zones in unconsolidated or highly fractured aquifers If packers are used materials of construction must be compatible with analytes to be studied Top of well screen is several feet below mean annual low water table to reduce chances of well going dry and to avoid sampling from unsaturated intervals Filter pack is of a reasonable length a long interval compared with length of screened or open interval usually results in uncertainty as to location of the source of water to well Well construction materials do not leach or sorb substances that could alter ambient target analyte concentrations Well structure integrity and communication with the aquifer are sound Checks include annual depth to bottom measurements borehole caliper and downhole camera video logs and aquifer tests Pump type materials performance and location of
92. tape and sample tubing clean DH Take care not to trample on the sheeting Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 125 e Set up equipment and instruments for field measurements and ground water withdrawal DH Locate a power supply source if needed e Set up the pump and generator if needed in a location to avoid sample contamination from generator fumes e Calibrate field measurement instruments DH Refer to NFM 6 for calibration information and instructions e Wearing disposable gloves set up the sample processing and preservation chambers usually in the water quality field vehi cle Keep sample tubing as short as is practical and shaded from direct sunlight to minimize changes in the temperature of the sample Change gloves Place the filter unit and other supplies that will be needed for the first sample into their respective cham bers CH f Remove the well cap Verify clear access downhole by lowering a section of blank pipe through the depth interval to be sampled and raising it slowly Take care not to drop the pipe or otherwise stir up particulates in the process of lowering and raising the pipe DH i Connect the antibacksiphon valve in line between pump and manifold the antibacksiphon valve is a standard component of some submersible pumps ii Use connectors and sample tubing that will not contaminate the sample with
93. tape see the Equipment and Supplies table for Appendix A4 B 3 above Check the equipment log book for the designated steel tape for calibration information 2 Maintain the tape in good working condition by periodically checking the tape for rust breaks kinks and possible stretch Record all calibration and maintenance data associated with the steel tape in its calibration and maintenance log book 3 If the steel tape is new be sure that the black sheen on the tape has been dulled so that the tape will retain the chalk 4 Attach a weight to the tape that is constructed of stainless steel or other noncontaminating material to protect ground water quality in the event that the weight is lost in the well 5 Place any previous measured water level data for the well into the field folder 3From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 1 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B10 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 6 Check that the measuring point MP is clearly marked on the well and accurately described in the well file or field folder If a new measuring point needs to be established follow the procedures in Appendix A4 B 1 but do not use paint or create casing material filings until after sampling has been completed for the day Prepare the Ground Water Level Notes and Water Level Data for GWSI field forms fig B1 The measurement process will be repeat
94. the sampler carefully Using metal tongs slowly lift each vial from the sampler reservoir Do this carefully to avoid losing the convex meniscus on each vial Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 68 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 7 To collect a VOC sample without the sampler Wearing gloves submerge a capped VOC vial into the stream section remove the cap underwater let the vial fill to overflowing and then firmly recap the vial underwater Repeat this for each of the VOC vials Check each vial for bubbles as described in step 8 oo Quickly cap the vial then shake it Invert and check carefully for air bubbles Discard the entire vial if bubbles are present Three vials from the sampler set are required for one complete sample Resample if two or more of the vials have air bubbles If the sample is to be preserved with chemical treatment refer to the procedure described in NFM 5 9 Dry and label the sample vials Place each vial into a foam sleeve and store on ice for transport to the laboratory 10 Clean the sampler and store it properly see 4 0 2 Preventing sample contamination 4 1 3 C Guidelines for Sampling at Still Water Sites In still water samples generally are collected at multiple sites and at multiple depths The number of sampling sites and the depths where samples will be collected should be dictated by study objectives and the physical chemical and bio
95. to NFM 5 Step 5 Clean equipment Refer to NFM 3 e Ifthe sampler will not be reused during a field trip rinse the sampler components with deionized water before they dry and place them in a plastic bag for transport to the office lab oratory to be cleaned e Ifthe sampler will be reused during the field trip rinse the components with DIW while still wet from sampling and then field clean while at the sampling site using the pre scribed procedures Reassemble the sampler e Collect a field blank if required after sampling equipment has been cleaned at the sampling site e Place the cleaned sampler into a plastic bag and seal for transport to the next site Instructions for collecting VOC samples at flowing water sites Samples for analysis of volatile organic compounds VOCs are collected as a single vertical point sample in a flowing stream The VOC sampler should be deployed where the stream velocity represents the average flow which typically is near mid channel in the cross section When collecting samples for VOC analyses special care must be taken to avoid contamination from any oily film and debris floating on the stream surface Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 67 VOC samples are collected directly into laboratory supplied prebaked 40 mL amber glass vials If the stream is deep enough use the VOC sampler described i
96. turbidity The Concise Chemical and Technical Dictionary 4th edition Bennett 1986 defines analyte as Substance being determined in an analysis Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 16 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Prepare a workplan and checklists The workplan delineates study activities and establishes the timeframe in which the activities are to be completed table 4 1 Checklists help ensure that equipment and supplies will be ordered on time that data collection activities will be com pleted appropriately and that data quality requirements will be met fig 4 1 Generic checklist items apply to most stud ies and the checklist customized for specific study require ments for example special equipment or supplies quantities of equipment and supplies number of batteries and types of sample bottles and other equipment Data management Field personnel also are responsible for providing the necessary information to establish USGS National Water Information System NWIS site files for each sampling site and for checking to see that the site file is functional that the information it contains is correct and that updates are made promptly NWIS is the hydrologic data base for the USGS and includes the following subsystems in which study site files are to be maintained Quality of Water Data QWDATA contains field and laboratory data Automati
97. variability inherent in laboratory handling and analysis of the samples Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 145 When collecting sequential replicates for whole water samples 1 Use identical sampling procedures and supplies collecting the sample for each analysis one after the other 2 Preserve the replicate sample set in the same order as the order in which the samples were collected When collecting sequential replicates for filtered samples use the procedure that best fits study objectives 1 Trace element samples or sample set for inorganic and nutrient analyses that includes trace metals a For each replicate prepare a capsule filter unit as described in NFM 3 and NFM 5 2 Two replicates for example require two precleaned capsule filters b Install Filter A and follow filtration procedures and analyte sequence described in NFM 5 2 Trace element FA samples are filtered first passing no more than 200 mL of sample water through the capsule filter c Remove and discard Filter A Change gloves d Install Filter B Use identical procedures and sampling sequence as were used for the Filter A sample set e Continue with this procedure for each additional replicate This procedure helps assess the variability in sample chemistry over the time period of sample collection that results from sampling and laboratory procedure
98. water systems For such sites exposure of the sample to the atmosphere can increase dissolved oxygen concentrations causing reduced metal ions to oxidize and precipitate as a hydroxide Collection of environmental samples from water bodies for which con centrations of dissolved gases differ substantially from atmospheric concentrations might require special field equipment or procedures Equipment and procedures should be selected that minimize contact with the atmosphere or minimize the effect of pressure changes from the source of the sample to the point of field measurement or sample processing Sampling methods and equipment for preventing contact of anoxic and suboxic water samples with atmospheric gases are described in section 4 2 2 C TECHNICAL NOTE Exposure of anoxic or suboxic samples to atmospheric oxygen can cause reduced metal ions to oxidize and precipitate as a hydroxide for example oxidation of iron species from ferrous Fe to ferric Fe iron Precipitation of an iron or other metal hydroxide can occur either before or during sample filtration thereby lowering concentrations of soluble iron and co precipitating metals in the sample Examples of nonmetal analytes for which atmospheric exposure can compromise sample integrity include volatile organic compounds VOCs pH alkalinity sulfide chlorofluorocarbons CFCs and some bacteria species Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological
99. whether an agency other than the U S Geological Survey collected the data 2From GWSI Schedule Form 9 1904 A revised June 2004 NWIS 4 4 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 81 WELL FILE CHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 Project name and identification number Latitude longitude Sequence number Other site or well ID Station name Indicate use of water site Public Supply Irrigation Domestic Observation Commercial Monitoring Industrial Other Item in well file Date item filed Criteria for well selection or installation Station Analysis Station Description ADR Automatic Data Recorder Manuscript Ground Water Site Inventory GWST data entered into National Water Information System NWIS Paper copy of GWSI form 9 1904 A Copies of agreement to complete activity drilling sampling etc List agreements Copies of field forms and logs Well drilling record Driller s log Lithologic log Cuttings Cores Aquifer tests list types Geophysical logs list types Well construction record Well development record Well maintenance checks list types Well location information Latitude longitude datum method of determination and any changes Well location map s Site sketch map Written description of location Well casing elevation elevation and method and date of determination Photo
100. zero point on the tape to the bottom of the weight Record this number as the length of the weight interval 2 Lower the weight and tape into the well until the weight reaches the bottom of the well and the tape slackens 3 Partially withdraw the tape from the well until the weight is stand ing in a vertical position but still touching the bottom of the well A slight jerking motion will be felt as the weight moves from the horizontal to the vertical position 4 Repeat step 3 several times by lowering and withdrawing the tape to obtain a consistent reading 5 Record the tape reading held at the measuring point MP 2From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 11 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B6 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 6 Withdraw the tape from the well 1 to 2 feet so that the weight will hang freely above the bottom of the well Repeat steps 2 4 until two consistent depth readings are obtained 7 Calculate total well depth below land surface datum LSD as follows a Tape reading held atthe MP 84 3 feet b Length of the weight interval 1 2 feet Sum of a b 85 5 feet d MP correction 3 5 feet e Total well depth below LSD 82 0 feet 8 After completing the well depth measurement clean the exposed portion of the tape using the procedures described in NFM 3 3 8 To prevent microbial cross contamination of other wells disinfect
101. 005 TECHNICAL NOTE Low flow purging procedures are designed to minimize the volume of purge water and disturbance of the water column and maximize the contribution of formation water from a given interval of interest Puls and Barcelona 1996 Unwin and Huis 1983 Minimizing purge volume is especially useful when regulating authorities mandate containment of purge water Low flow purging is based on the theory that water moving through the well intake is representative of formation water surrounding the intake and assumes that pumping at a low flow rate isolates the column of standing water so that only formation water is drawn into the intake The typical flow rates for this method are on the order of 0 1 to 0 5 L min however in formations of coarse grained materials the flow rate may be as high as 1 L min ASTM International 2005 Select a low flow purge and sampling technique with caution and with an understanding of aquifer and well hydraulics The assumption should not be made that water withdrawn using a low flow procedure represents ambient aquifer water at the targeted intake interval Varljen and others 2006 because the conductivity of well bore flow within the specified interval is greater than that of the aquifer Shapiro 2002 Even where well bore flow does not occur aquifer heterogeneity over the length of the specified interval results in water being drawn preferentially through zones of highest permeability
102. 07 08 09 IO Li 13 L6 20 000 safe full 12 volume 12 fastest 0 4 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 7 19 2 24 25 840 I4 slowest 04 05 06 08 09 10 I2 13 16 F8 21 23 1 000 safe full 14 volume 14 fastest 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 8 2 1 2 4 2 7 900 15 slowest 0 4 06 07 08 10 11 I2 14 17 19 22 2 5 1 000 safe full 15 volume 15 fastest 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 9 2 2 2 5 2 8 930 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP A5 APPENDIX A4 A Table 1c Isokinetic transit rates for a 1 liter bottle sampler with a 5 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter not applicable Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume feet Rate 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 9 0 mL 1 slowest 0 04 0 1 0 1 01 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 0 2 02 0 2 0 3 1 000 safe full 1 volume 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 0 3 0 3 800 fastest 0 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 0
103. 10 12 14 16 518 22 24 126 28 30 32 34 36 38 4 0 142 44 46 48 50 1900 kj 80 slowest 0 6 0 7 0 9 1 0 1 2 1 3 1 6 1 7 1 9 2 0 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 6 2 8 2 9 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 000 2 80 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 2 200 90 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 2 400 100 slowest 0 7 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 2 0 2 2 2 4 25 2 7 2 9 3 1 3 3 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 3 4 5 3 000 S 100 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 2 700 110 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 3 000 0I V ddV SWTIdWVS YALVM NOLLOXTIOO so dureg 198M JO uonoo 02 py JaideyD 6 1004 TALL Aoasng 2180 0 0 S N APPENDIX A4 A Table 3b Isokinetic transit rates for a D 96 sampler 3 liter bag with 1 4 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second Volume infeet Rate 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 0 105 11 0 115 12 0 12 5 mL 2 slowest 0 03 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 OF 01 O 1 01 O 1 01 0 2 0 2 3 000 2 fastes 0 8 O 1 2 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6
104. 1p d h k are in ft p is in pounds per square inch Figure Typical installation for measuring water level by the air line method Modified from Driscoll 1986 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B21 Appendix A4 B 5 Water level measurement at flowing wells using low pressure and high pressure methods Head can be measured at flowing wells under low pressure and high pressure conditions but require training and experience to be executed correctly The low pressure head measurement method is more accu rate simpler faster and safer than the high pressure head measure ment method gt Use the low pressure head measurement method at wells with heads lower than 5 to 6 feet above land surface the low pressure method is impractical at wells with heads greater than 5 to 6 feet above land surface gt Use the high pressure method at wells with heads greater than 5 to 6 feet above land surface Be aware that implementing the high pressure method is more complex takes more time and can be dangerous gt The accuracy of the head measurement depends on the method and equipment used and on the experience and care of the field person e Low pressure head measurements can be measured to an accuracy of 0 1 foot e High pressure head measurements using a pressure gage probably are not accurate to within less than 0 1 foot altho
105. 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 52 54 56 5 8 6 0 3 900 90 slowest 09 10 12 3 3 16 7 19 20 22 23 25 26 238 29 30 32 33 5 36 38 39 41 42 43 6 000 90 fastest 1 2 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 60 4300 100 1 0 11 13 14 16 18 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 31 32 34 35 37 39 40 42 43 45 47 48 6 000 100 fastest 12 14 16 1 8 2 0 22 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 5 6 58 60 4800 120 slowest L2 EA L5 L7 19 21 22 235 237 29 31 33 35 7 39 41 42 44 46 48 50 53 2 54 5 6 5 8 6 000 120 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 54 5 6 5 8 60 5 800 SWTIdWVS YALVM NOLLOATIOO rI VddV so dureg 198M JO uonoo 02 py deyo 6 100d TALL oAung 2180 0 0 S N APPENDIX A4 A Table 4b Isokinetic transit rates for D 99 sampler 6 liter bag with a 5 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second Volume infeet Rate 3 0 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 0 10 5 11 0 11 5 120 125 13 0 13 5 14 0
106. 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 4 4 4 6 48 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 100 4 slowest 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 06 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 08 0 09 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O L O 1 0 1 O 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 6 000 4 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 48 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 200 6 slowest 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 6 000 6 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 4 4 4 6 48 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 60 300 8 slowest 0 08 0 09 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 6 000 8 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 400 10 slowestt 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 5 6 000 10 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 5 2 5 4 5 6 5 8 6 0 500 12 slowest 01 1 02 02102 02 02
107. 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 40 4 2 44 46 48 50 100 4 slowest 0 1 0 1 01 O 1 OL OL 7 OL 7 OL 7 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 02 02 02 02 03 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 000 4 fastes 0 8 0 2 4A 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 3 8 40 4 2 44 46 4 8 50 190 slowest fastes Irv dd V SWTIJdNWVS AALVM NOLLOWTIOO APPENDIX A4 A Table 3c Isokinetic transit rates for 0 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a 5 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Q 8 Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume z feet Rate 2 0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 10 5 11 0 115 120 125 mL z 2 slowest 0 04 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 02 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 3 000 8 2 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 42 44 4 6 4 8 5 0 15 4 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 04
108. 2 8 53 30 19 5 5 33 19 12 3 0 49 28 18 6 0 31 17 11 3 2 46 26 17 3 4 43 24 16 3 6 41 23 15 3 8 39 22 14 4 0 37 21 13 4 2 35 20 13 4 4 33 19 12 4 6 32 18 12 4 8 31 17 11 5 0 29 17 11 5 2 28 16 10 5 4 27 15 5 6 26 15 5 8 25 14 6 0 25 14 6 2 24 13 6 4 23 13 6 6 22 13 6 8 22 12 7 0 21 12 7 2 20 12 74 20 11 7 6 19 11 sa A AN o o o Chapter 4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A 18 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Appendix A4 A Table 5e Appendix M A Table 5f Filling times for D 96 sampler Filling times for D 96 A 1 sampler D 96 filling times in seconds to 096 A 1 filling times in seconds to collect 3 liters collect 3 liters stream nozzle diameter in stream nozzle diameter in velocity velocity ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 ft sec 3 16 1 4 5 16 2 0 276 155 99 2 0 277 156 99 23 221 124 80 2 2 251 141 90 3 0 184 104 66 2 4 231 130 83 3 5 158 89 57 2 6 213 120 76 4 0 138 78 50 2 8 198 111 71 4 5 123 69 44 3 0 185 104 66 5 0 110 62 40 3 2 173 97 62 5 5 100 57 36 3 4 163 91 58 6 0 92 52 33 3 6 154 86 55 6 5 85 48 31 3 8 146 82 52 7 0 79 44 28 4 0 137 77 50 7 5 74 41 27
109. 26 490 20 slowest 0 4 0 5 07 0 8 0 9 10 1 1 12 13 14 1 000 20 fastest 0 8 10 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 540 22 slowest 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 10 1 1 12 13 14 16 1 000 22 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 600 24 slowest 05 0 7 0 8 0 9 10 12 1 3 14 16 1 7 1 000 24 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 650 26 slowest 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 13 14 16 17 18 1 000 26 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 710 28 slowest 0 6 0 8 0 9 11 12 14 15 1 7 18 20 1 000 28 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 760 30 slowest 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 13 15 16 18 20 2 1 1 000 30 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 820 32 slowest 0 7 0 9 1 0 12 14 16 1 7 1 9 21 23 1 000 32 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 118 2 0 2 2 24 26 870 34 slowest 0 7 0 9 1 1 13 LS 1 7 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 1 000 34 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 920 36 slowest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 1 9 2 2 2 3 2 5 1 000 36 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 980 37 slowest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 1 000 37 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 1 000
110. 4 6 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 60 1 500 t 35 slowes 03 0 4 0 5 05 06 06 07 07 08 0 8 09 1 0 TO LT L1 12 12 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 6 000 35 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 26 28 3 0 3 2 34 3 6 38 40 42 44 4 6 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 60 1 700 Z 40 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 O9 TO 12 ES 16 17 17 E8 E9 9 6 000 40 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 30 32 34 3 6 38 20 42 44 46 48 5 0 5 2 54 5 6 58 60 1 900 2 50 slowest 05 106106107108 09 IO LO 23 24 6 000 5 50 faset 1 2 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 60 2 400 amp 60 sowst 0 6 O7 08 O9 0 12 414715716 717718715750 5755555555657 5859 65000 60 fastest 1 2 1 4 1 6 18 20 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 32 34 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 6 0 2 900 70 slowest 0 7 08090 2 14 1 7 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 6 000 70 fastest 12 1 4 16 18 20 22 24 2 6 28 30 32 34 3 6 38 40 42 44 46 428 50 52 54 5 6 5 8 60 3 400 80 slowest 08 09 T0 12 13 F4 15 L7 18 19 26 27 28 51 32 33 35 37 3 9 6 000 80 fastest 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 0 2
111. 6 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 41 Selecting the number of increments gt Examine the variation in field measurement values such as specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen along the cross section NFM 6 gt Consider the distribution of streamflow discharge suspended materials concentration and particle size distribution and concentrations of other targeted analytes along the cross section Consider whether the streamflow distribution or analyte concentrations will change during sample collection gt Consider the type of sampler that will be used and the volume of sample that will have to be collected for the analysis of the target analytes gt Avoid side channel eddies EDI and EWI methods cannot be used at locations with upstream eddy flow RULE OF THUMB For isokinetic depth integrating sampling do not exceed the designated maximum transit rate Equal width increment EWI method For the EWI sampling method the stream cross section is divided into a number of equal width increments fig 4 4 Samples are collected by lowering and raising a sampler through the water column at the center of each increment This sampling location is referred to as the vertical The combination of the same constant transit rate used to sample at each vertical and the isokinetic property of the sampler results in a discharge weighted sample that is proportional to tot
112. 9 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 1 9 2 1 23 1 000 18 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 870 20 slowes 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 9 2 2 3 2 5 1 000 20 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 20 2 2 24 2 6 970 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP A8 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIX A4 A Table 2c Isokinetic transit rates for a DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a 5 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume feet Rate 20 25 3 0 35 40 45 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 mL 2 slowest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 1 000 2 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 150 4 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 1 000 4 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 300 6 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 000 6 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 450 8 slowest 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 000 8 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 600 10 slowest 0 6 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 2 14 1 5 1 7 1 8 2 0 1 000 10 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 22 2 4 2 6 750 12 slowest 0 7 0 9 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 1 000 12 fastes 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 0 23 24 2 6 900 13 slowest 0 8 1 0 E2 1 4 1 6
113. ATER SAMPLES 15 All details of a field trip need to be planned well in advance fig 4 1 Adequate time must be scheduled in the workplan to review data requirements and make field trip preparations a common mistake is to put off these activities until the last minute table 4 1 gt Make reconnaissance trips before selecting repeat sampling sites if possible Note conditions that could affect sampling operations such as the seasonal high or low streamflow flowing or low flow wells or site access peculiarities Evaluate potential sources of contamination at the site based on the analytes to be targeted in the sample analysis gt Review site files and field folders see sections 4 1 1 and 4 2 1 Check the site location description and access Review any previously collected physical chemical and biological data gt When selecting field equipment understand the physical and chemical limitations of each piece of equipment in order to meet data collection objectives and data quality requirements refer to NFM 2 Verify and test if possible the operational range of the sampling equipment to be used Target analyte refers to any chemical or biological substance for which concentrations in a sample will be determined Target analyte does not include field measured properties such as temperature specific electrical conductance conductivity dissolved oxygen concentration pH Eh alkalinity color or
114. Depth To Water from MP The difference between these two readings is the depth to water below the MP Record the MP correction subtract it from DTW from MP and record the result as DTW from LSD depth to water from land surface datum Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B11 e To obtain the depth to water below land surface if the MP is above land surface the distance between the MP and land sur face datum is subtracted from the depth to water from the MP e To obtain the depth to water below land surface if the MP is below land surface precede the MP correction value with a minus sign and subtract the distance between the MP and land surface datum from the depth to water from the MP e If the water level is above LSD record the depth to water in feet above land surface as a negative number 7 Make a check measurement by repeating steps 2 through 6 record ing check measurements in the second 27 column fig 1 e The check measurement should be made using a different MP hold value than that used for the original measurement e If the check measurement does not agree with the original measurement within 0 01 or 0 02 of a foot make a third check measurement recording this measurement in the third col umn Make repeated check measurements until the reason for the lack of agreement is determined or until the resu
115. I Book 9 54 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 1148 2500 Redwood CreeK at Orick CA i 5 Revol Time _ Width Depth 3 insec Mean Area Discharge onds point is ertical a Tol o o o 8 8 ze 8 uso sour rst v4 4 21 3 33 0 26 24 B 2 00 150194 250 32 8 200 oo uS 2921 in 40 8 2 30 50198 229 42 1 5250198 8 225 2o0 3 0 rae 56 8 225 qo 220 18 0 222 4 a amp 164 8 2 30 uo vo z20 v0 5 227 3 74 72 8 230 so ss 294 s228 8 zao qo us 136 raw 5 351 5 88 8 2eo 205 390 1 26 8 rso s0 u2 234 i amp 2 35 6 25 10211048 200 vo u2 1210 3 51 3 gt 2 2 20 3s 2 n m 120 8 130 so us rs lt gt 23 4 51 4 luoluo 220 44 31 7 16 13 0 less o SED 144 8 reo so v4 2so 128 226 ese 152 6 1 00 20 54 03 ee 222 2 Lele o 0 a ee d Lebe fes e LE fenem TTT CA org EDI Centroid Location EDI Cumulative Discharge Figure 4 6 Example of discharge measurement field notes used to determ
116. LING INFORMATION Sampler Type 84164 Sampler Pump Type make model Pump Sampler ID Sampling Method 82398 Sampling Condition 72006 Filter Type s Capsule Disc 142mm 47mm 25mm GFF Membrane Sampler Material STAINLESS STEEL PVC TEFLON OTHER Tubing Material TEFLON PLASTIC TYGON COPPER OTHER Aquifer name Depth pump set at ftblw LSD MSL Sampling point description GW Color GW Clarity GW Odor Sample in contact with ATMOSPHERE OXYGEN NITROGEN OTHER Weather SKY CLEAR PARTLY CLOUDY CLOUDY PRECIPITATION NONE LIGHT MEDIUM HEAVY SNOW SLEET RAIN MIST WIND CALM LIGHT BREEZE GUSTY WINDY EST WIND SPEED MPH TEMPERATURE VERY COLD COOL WARM HOT OBSERVATIONS COMPILED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE LOGGED INTO NWIS BY DATE 1 GW form ver 7 0 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B27 Calibrated by SINNO Date Time Location METER CALIBRATIONS FIELD MEASUREMENTS TEMPERATURE Meter make model S N Thermister S N Thermometer ID Calibration criteria 1 percent or 0 5 for liquid filled thermometers 0 2 T for thermisters Lab Tested against NIST Thermometer Thermister Y N Date t C Measurement Location FLOW THRU CHAMBER SINGLE POINT AT ftblw LsD VERTICAL AVG OF POINTS Field Readings 1 2 3 4 5 MEDIAN Remark Qualifier pH Meter make model S N Electrode No Type GEL LIQUID
117. N DIFFERENT TIMES 1 During initial purge stage 2 During intermediate and final stages 2 To obtain most field measurements 2b To obtain turbidity samples if sensor is not available and at end of purge to route flow to chamber for collection Figure 4 10 Example of a manifold used for well purging and sample collection Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 103 WELL PURGING 4 2 3 Well purging removes standing water from the borehole The purpose of purging is to reduce chemical and biochemical artifacts caused by the materials and practices used for well installation well construction and well development and by reactions occurring within an open borehole or annular space between a well casing and borehole wall gt Purging also serves to condition the sampling equipment with well water The purging process forms a continuum with that of sample withdrawal Sample withdrawal is the process by which sample water is transported for collection and processing after the well has been purged Standard purge procedure 4 2 3 A As a rule of thumb the standard USGS purge procedure removes three or more well volumes of standing water while monitoring the water level and the stabilization of routine field measurements as a function of time pumping rate and the volume of water being removed figs 4 11 and 4 12 Routine field
118. NMU FBU METHOD CODE___ Remark Codes s Qualifier s _ WELL and WATER LEVEL INFORMATION Depth to Water and Well Depth WELL SPRING MONITOR SUPPLY OTHER 3RD optional SUPPLY WELL PRIMARY USE DOMESTIC PUBLIC SUPPLY IRRIGATION OTHER Time Casing Material Altitude land surface ftabv MSL Hold for DTW Measuring Point ft abv blw LSD MSL MP Cut Well Depth ft abv blw 150 MSL MP DTW from MP static n a Measuring point MP Sampling condition 72006 pumping 8 flowing 4 see reference list for additional fixed value codes DTW from LSD Water Level ft blw LSD 72019 ft blw MP 61055 ft abv MSL NGVD 29 62610 ft abv MSL NAVD 88 62611 Hold for well depth S Length of tape leader Well depth below MP MP Well depth below LSD Comments WATER LEVEL DATA FOR GWSI DATE WATER LEVEL MEASURED 235 ____ ___ ________ TME CO WATRIELTPE 5 Month Day Year CODE C243 below below sea WATER LEVEL 00 MP SEQUENCE NO C248 ae eu level C237 241 242 Mandatory if WL type M WATER LEVEL DATUM C245 NGVD 29 s NAVD S8 LI LL LLLI Mandatory if WL type S National Geodetic North American Other See GWSI manual for codes Vertical Datum 0f Vertical Datum 0f 1929 1988 SITE STATUS rorwateR A B C D E F G H I J M N O P R S
119. OTHER Sample FILTERED UNFILTERED FLOW THRU CHAMBER SINGLE POINT AT ft blw LSD VERTICAL AVG OF POINTS Temperature correction factors for buffers applied Y N T BUFFER LOT pH NUMBERS pH CHECK pH BUFFER EXP 7 DATES pH CHECK pH pH Buffer Buffer Temp Theoretical pH pH Millivolts Before Adj After Adj pH7 pH7 pH7 pH__ pH__ pH__ CHECK pH__ Calibration Criteria 0 2 pH units Field Readings 1 2 3 4 5 MEDIAN units Remark ____ Qualifier __ SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE Meter make model S N Sensor Type Dip Flow thru Other Sample Flow thru chamber Single point at ft blw Isd Vertical avg of points Std Value Std 5 5 5 Std type Std Exp Date Calibration Criteria the greater of 5 uS cm or 3 uS cm Temp Before After Lot No of measured value Adj Adj KCI NaCl AUTO TEMP COMPENSATED METER MANUAL TEMP COMPENSATED METER CORRECTION FACTOR APPLIED Y N CORRECTION FACTOR Field Readings 1 2 3 4 5 MEDIAN Remark Qualifier DISSOLVED OXYGEN Meter make model S N Sensor Type Polarographic Luminescent Probe No Sample Flow thru chamber Single point at ftblwIsd Vertical avg of points BOD bottle Stirer Used Y Water Saturated Air Air Saturated Water Air Calibration Chamber in Water Air Calibration Chamber in Air Winkler Titration Other Calib
120. P B19 7 To measure the water level depth in a well with an air line subse quent air line readings are subtracted from the constant k to deter mine the depth to the water level below the MP Use a tire pump to pump compressed air into the air line until all the water is expelled from the line and record the maximum gage reading e Example a depth to the water level in a well using an alti tude gage with a constant k of 101 4 ft During a later pump ing period the maximum altitude gage h reads 50 0 ft therefore the water level d 101 4 ft 50 0 ft 51 4 ft e Example b depth to the water level in a well using a pres sure gage with a constant k of 150 ft During a later pumping period the maximum pressure gage h reads 18 psi therefore the water level d 150 ft 2 3 ft psi x 18 psi 150 ft 41 ft 109 ft 8 Measure the water level depth as described above in step 7 9 Apply the MP correction to get the depth to water below or above land surface datum 10 Record USGS water level data on a field form and in GWSI using the appropriate method code s Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B20 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Air line Purnp pipe or column For altitude gage k h d measured depth to water level in ft h height of water displaced from air line in ft k constant in ft For pressure gage d k 2 31p where h 2 3
121. PBW 6 Collect the VPBW or PBW blank sample for analysis of organic compounds Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 141 The process of producing a field blank can be designed to collect simultaneously blanks for each component of the sampling system fig 4 14 If laboratory analysis of the analytes being quality con trolled is not time dependent the sequential blank samples represent ing components of the sampling system as well as any associated source solution and ambient blanks normally can be stored for up to 6 months gt If the field blank data indicate constituent concentrations at acceptable levels then the associated set of sequential blanks can be discarded Be sure to use appropriate means for disposing of chemically treated solutions gt If laboratory data indicate greater than acceptable concentrations Submit the source solution blank ambient blank s and equipment component blank s the sampler blank splitter blank pump blank and so forth to the laboratory for analysis Use the data from equipment component blank samples to identify the source s of contamination detected in the field blank gt Once the source of contamination has been identified take the measures needed to mitigate or eliminate the contamination for future sampling efforts Prevent contamination of the source solution and blank sam
122. RATORY INFORMATION Samples Collected NUTRIENTS _ MAJOR IONS ____ TRACE ELEMENTS filtered ___ unfiltered ____ MERCURY filtered 1 unfiltered MICROBIOLOGY ___ ORGANICS filtered unfiltered PEST VOC RADIOCHEMICALS filtered _ unfiltered __ RADON _ Radon samp coll time ISOTOPES DOC TPC __ vol filtered mL PIC __ vol filtered mL TPC QC _ vol filtered mL OTHER Lab Schedule Lab Codes ADD DELETE ADD DELETE ADD DELETE ADD DELETE ADD DELETE ADD DELETE COMMENTS Date Shipped Notify the NWQL in advance of shipment of potentially hazardous samples phone 1 866 ASK NWQL or email LabLogin usgs gov FIELD MEASUREMENTS Water Level Temp Air 00020 C ANC mg L ft blw Isd 72019 ftblw mp 61055 Temp Water 00010 C Alkalinity mg L ft abv msl NGVD 1929 62610 pH 00400 units Bicarbonate mg L ft abv msl NAVD 1988 62611 Sp Cond 00095 uS cm 25 Carbonate mg L Flow Rate 00059 gal min Dis Oxygen 00300 mg L Hydroxide mg L Sampling Depth 78890 ft blw ms DO sat 00301 Hydrogen sulfide odor detected 71875 yes Sampling Depth TBD ft blw Isd Barometric pres 00025 mm Hg Sample Sean ae coding int Depth to top of sampling Eh 00090 mvolts Hyd sulfide unfltd measured 99119 mg L interval 72015 ftblwlsd Method Hach Chemetrics Electrode Depth to bottom of sampling Turbidity Method code Other interval 72016 ftblwlsd Unis FNU NTU FNMU FBU SAMP
123. S procedure is to collect an annual equipment blank if the equipment is not in active use Can result in collecting a series of blank samples sequentially each sample of which represents a different component or components of the equipment system for example sampler equipment blank splitter equipment blank filter equipment blank Determine the concentrations of target analyte s present in the environmental sample that could be attributed to field procedures for equipment cleaning and sample handling Results include effects from laboratory handling Examples related to and b see General description a Check the adequacy of field cleaning procedures demonstrate that equipment was adequately decontaminated after previous use b Identify contamination of sampling equipment while in transport from office to field site or between field sites and ambient field conditions at the field site Identify effects of the equipment system used to collect and process samples on analyte concentrations Verify adequacy of equipment cleaning procedures NFM 3 Relating to components of the equipment system assess potential of sample contamination and adequacy of equipment cleaning procedures associated with each component of the equipment system to be used for field work Can be used to help identify or eliminate source s of contamination CO ddV SWTIdWVS YALVM AO NOLLOXTIOO APPENDIX A4 C Ouality cont
124. Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 25 SURFACE WATER SAMPLING 4 1 The methods used to collect surface water samples depend not only on flow characteristics of the surface water body but also on the following considerations safety of field personnel NFM 9 suitability of the equipment with regard to the analytes of interest as well as that of the anticipated hydraulic conditions NFM 2 field measurement profiles NFM 6 temporal and spatial heterogeneity physical setting ecological characteristics weather conditions fluvial sediment transport point and nonpoint sources of contamination and study objectives including data quality requirements Each sampling site needs to be selected and sampled in a manner that minimizes bias caused by the collection process and that best represents the intended environmental conditions at the time of sampling gt Before beginning field work USGS study teams should be thoroughly familiar with procedures and requirements described in this National Field Manual and in USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandum 99 02 Additional references that provide descriptions of surface water sampling techniques include Federal Interagency Sedimentation Project 1986 Ward and Harr 1990 and Edwards and Glysson 1999 gt Study requirements for collection of equipment blanks field blanks concurrent samples and other relevant QC samples must be prepared for before field work
125. T STIRRING METHOD MAGNETIC MANUAL STIRRING METHOD MAGNETIC MANUAL 5 GW form ver 7 0 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 PRESERVATIVE LOT NUMBERS 7 5N HNO3 6N HCI COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B31 STN NO QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION 4 5N H2504 Conc H2504 NaOH METALS amp CATIONS Hg OTHER 1 1 HCI NUTRIENTS amp DOC COD PHENOL O amp G CYANIDE Number of drops of HCL added to lower pH to lt 2 NOTE Maximum number of drops 5 voc BLANK WATER LOT NUMBERS Inorganic 99200 Pesticide 99202 VOC Pesticide 99204 FILTER LOT NUMBERS capsule 2nd Inorganic 99201 2nd Pesticide 99203 Spike vials 99104 2nd VOC Pesticide 99205 Surrogate vials pore size disc pore size 142mm GFF pore size organics 47mm GFF pore size organics 25mm GFF pore size organic carbon 142mm membrane pore size inorganics other pore size QC SAMPLES Starting date for set of samples 99109 YMMDD Ending date for set of samples 99110 YMMDD Sample Type NWIS Record No Equip Blank Field Blank ____ Split NWAL Schedules lab codes QC Samples Sample Type NWIS Record No Sample Type NWIS Record No Sequential Trip Blank Spike Other Concurrent Other COMMENTS Circle appropriate selections 99100 Blank solution type Inorg
126. T V W X Z LEVEL C238 atmos tide i dry recently flowing nearby nearby injector injector plugged measure obstruct pumping recently nearby nearby foreign affected by other pressure stage flowing flowing recently ste site ment pumped pumping recently sub des surface flowing monita discontinued pumped stance troyed water METHOD OF WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT C239 A B C E F G H L M N O R ST V Z airline analog calibrated esti trans pressure calibrated geophysi manometer observed reported steel electric calibrated other airline mated ducer pres gage cal logs gage tape tape elec tape WATER LEVEL SOURCE OF WATER LEVEL accuracy 76 9 1 2 9 DATA C244 A D G L M O R S Z foot tenth hun notto other drillers geol geophysi memory owner other reporting other dreth nearest nean govt lg ist cal logs reported agency PERSON MAKING MEASURING AGENCY C247 LLLLI RECORD READY FOR Y L MEASUREMENT C246 SOURCE WEB C858 WATER LEVEL PARTY checked not proprietary local use ready for checked noweb only web noweb display display display display 3 GW form ver 7 0 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B29 WELL PURGE LOG STN NO Water Pumping Dis Turbidity Comments Level blw Rate solved clarity etc MP LSD gpm oxygen
127. Timothy D Oden Kevin D Richards David A Saad Terry L Schertz Allen M Shapiro and Stanley C Skrobialowski Special thanks go to Timothy L Miller for providing the support needed to produce a national field manual for water quality studies Franceska D Wilde Managing Editor U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 11 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES This chapter of the National Field Manual NFM describes standard USGS methods sampling strategies techniques requirements and recommendations for the routine collection of representative water samples Sample collection forms a continuum with sample processing therefore the information in this chapter overlaps with some of the information in NFM 5 Processing of Water Samples SAMPLING The act of collecting a portion of material for analytical purposes that accurately represents the material being sampled with respect to stated objectives Modified from Standard Methods 1060A APHA and others 2001 Before sample collection begins field personnel must take steps to ensure that the samples collected will be representative of the aqueous system being investigated A representative sample is one that typifies represents in time and space that part of the aqueous system to be studied and is delineated by the objectives and scope of the study U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Coll
128. U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations Book 9 Handbooks for Water Resources Investigations National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data Chapter 4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Revised 2006 2 AAA 2 science for a changing world U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 U S DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DIRK KEMPTHORNE Secretary U S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Mark D Myers Director Any use of trade product or firm names is for descriptive purposes only and does not imply endorsement by the U S Government For additional information write to Chief Office of Water Quality U S Geological Survey 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive Mail Stop 412 Reston VA 20192 This report is accessible online at http pubs water usgs gov twri9A Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Foreword The mission of the Water Resources Discipline of the U S Geological Survey USGS is to provide the information and understanding needed for wise management of the Nation s water resources Inherent in this mission is the responsibility to collect data that accurately describe the physical chemical and biological attributes of water systems These data are used for environmental and resource assessments by the USGS other government agencies and scientific organizations and the general public Reliable and quality assur
129. Washington DC Office of Emergency and Remedial Response EPA 540 P 87 001 508 p S Environmental Protection Agency 1991 Handbook ground water v II Methodology Washington D C EPA 625 6 90 016b 141 p U S Environmental Protection Agency 1992 Consensus method for determining groundwaters under the direct influence of surface water using microscopic particulate analysis MPA EPA Region 10 U S Environmental Protection Agency 1992 Pocket sampling guide for operations of small water systems Cincinnati Ohio Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water EPA 814 B 92 001 94 p U S Environmental Protection Agency 1993 Preparation of a U S EPA Region 9 sample plan for EPA lead superfund projects San Francisco Calif EPA Region 9 Quality Assurance Management Section August 1993 U S Geological Survey 1980 Surface water chap 1 of National handbook of recommended methods for water data acquisition Office of Water Data Coordination 130 p U S Geological Survey 1980 Ground water chap 2 of National handbook of recommended methods for water data acquisition Office of Water Data Coordination 130 p c Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 164 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES U S Geological Survey 1984 Chemical and physical quality of water and sediment chap 5 of National handbook of recommended methods for water data acquisition Office of Water Data Coordina
130. ack of the paper GWSI form If possible photograph the site including the RM and MP locations draw an arrow to the RM and MP on the photograph s using an indelible marker and place the photos in the well file Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B5 Appendix A4 B 2 Well depth measurement This method uses a graduated steel tape to measure the total depth of a well below land surface datum Select a graduated steel tape that is accurate to 0 01 foot The steel tape should be calibrated against a reference steel tape A reference steel tape is one that is maintained in the office and designated solely for tape calibration e If the well casing is angled instead of vertical the well depth will have to be corrected e When measuring wells of depth greater than 200 feet deep wells expansion and stretch of the steel tape must be consid ered and accounted for see Garber and Koopman 1968 e Use of a steel tape is not recommended for measuring the depth of pumping wells e weight usually is attached to the end of a steel tape to allow it to hang plumb The weight should not be constructed of lead or other material that potentially could contaminate water in the well e Well obstructions could cause errors in the measurement if the steel tape cannot hang plumb To measure well depth 1 Using a clean calibrated steel tape measure from the
131. al streamflow gt Isokinetic sampling is required for the EWI method Use isokinetic depth integrating sampling equipment NFM 2 1 1 A Use the same size sampler container bottle or bag and nozzle at each of the sampling verticals fig 4 4 Collect samples using the same transit rate at each vertical during descent and ascent of the sampler The transit rate must be constant and within the operational range of the sampler Appendix A4 A gt Composite the subsamples from all verticals in a churn splitter or process subsamples through the cone splitter NFM 2 2 1 and 5 1 1 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 42 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Do not use EWI when stream velocities are less than the minimum velocity required for the isokinetic sampler selected 1 5 ft s for the bottle sampler Samples are collected at the center of each increment de EXPLANATION RT TRANSIT RATE transit rate at each sampling vertical is equal WIDTH width of each increment is equal V VOLUME COLLECTED AT EACH VERTICAL PROPORTIONAL TO THE DISCHARGE OF EACH INCREMENT SAMPLING VERTICAL OF EACH EQUAL l WIDTH INCREMENT SAMPLES COLLECTED The vertical transit rate relative to sample volume that is proportional to the stream discharge of each increment Figure 4 4 Equal width increment method for collection of water samples modified from Edwards
132. ampling methods when Velocity of flow is so high that an isokinetic sampler cannot be lowered through the vertical properly and safely Extreme low flow conditions render use of an isokinetic sampler impractical For example when water depth is equal to or less than that of the unsampled zone or when stream velocity is less than the minimum velocity requirement for an isokinetic sampler 1 5 ft s for bottle samplers 2 ft s for bag samplers Automatic pumping samplers are needed for specific situations for example time dependent regulatory monitoring sampling at remote sites or sampling of floods or urban runoff when discharge is rapidly changing and a large number of samples are needed from several locations within a relatively short time Periods of extreme cold cause the nozzle or air exhaust vent to freeze rendering isokinetic depth integrating samplers inoperable Study objectives dictate use of nonisokinetic sampling methods Three nonisokinetic sampling methods most commonly used are the dip weighted bottle discrete and pump methods Ward and Harr 1990 and Edwards and Glysson 1999 provide detailed information on these sampling methods General instructions are provided below Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 61 gt Dip sampling method Dip sampling involves either 1 dipping a narrow mouthed bottle into a water body or
133. analyte for environmental samples after pump and tubing have been concentrations cleaned Verify adequacy of cleaning procedures NFM 3 Filter blank Blank water processed through the filter assembly used for Identify effects of filtration assembly on analyte environmental samples after the filter unit or assembly has been concentrations cleaned Verify adequacy of cleaning procedures if a plate or cartridge assembly is used see NFM 3 f the filter blank is to represent the same filter media the blank is processed prior to the environmental samples Preservation blank Blank water that is transferred to a sample bottle and chemically Determine the potential for and magnitude of sample treated with a preservative in an area protected from atmospheric contamination from the chemical treatment to be used to preserve the contamination usually under a clean hood environment in the office environmental sample laboratory The preservative used is from the same lot number used for the other QC and environmental samples Shelf blank Blank water that is transferred into the same type of bottle used for Determine the potential for and magnitude of sample Hold blank an environmental sample usually in a protected environment in the contamination from sample storage in a designated area for a office laboratory and stored adjacent to stored environmental designated length of time samples for the same length of time Refrigera
134. and Glysson 1999 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 43 Steps for the EWI sampling method Step 1 Step 2 Select Step 3 Step 4 Prepare for p gt equal width P Select the F Collect sampling increments transit rate sample water Steps Step 6 Clean Process e equipment i samples NFM 3 NFM 5 PN sure that the field effort is adequately staffed and equipped Check QC requirements before departing QC samples require additional equipment and supplies Step 1 Prepare for sampling a Upon arrival at the field site set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs Park vehicle in a location and direction so as to prevent sample contamination from vehicle emissions b Assemble sampling equipment and set up a clean work space e Organic compounds Select equipment with fluorocarbon poly mer glass or metal components if components will directly con tact samples to be analyzed for organic compounds Do not use plastics other than fluorocarbon polymers e Inorganic constituents Select equipment with components made of fluorocarbon polymer or other relatively inert and uncolored plastics or glass if components will directly contact samples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents Do not use metal or rubber compo
135. and splicing the sen sor to the remaining section of the tape then the depth to water reading at the MP will not be correct To obtain the correct depth to water apply the following steps which is similar to the proce dure for using a steel tape and chalk a Ensure that the splice is completely insulated from any moisture and that the electrical connection is complete b Measure the distance from the sensing point on the probe to the nearest foot marker above the spliced section of tape Subtract that distance from the nearest foot marker above the spliced section of tape That point then becomes the tape correction For example if the nearest foot marker above the splice is 20 feet and the distance to the probe sensor is 0 85 ft then the tape correction will be 19 15 feet Record the tape correction on a field form Periodically recheck the tape correction factor by measuring the spliced electric tape with a reference steel tape c Lower the electrode probe slowly into the well until the indicator shows that the circuit is closed and contact with the water surface is made Place the tip or nail of the index finger on the insulated wire at the MP and read the depth to water Record the depth to water measurement and the date and time of the measurement on the field form d Subtract the Tape Correction value from the Hold value and record the result as DTW from LSD fig B1 e Return to Step 2 Collection of
136. anic grade distilled deionized Pesticide grade OK for organic carbon Volatile organic grade OK for inorganic organic and organic carbon Universal blank water Other 99108 Spike solution volume mL 99102 Blank sample type 1 Source Solution 99106 Spike sample type 99107 Spike solution source 10 Field 10 NWQL Filter Preservation Equipment done in non field environment 99101 Source of blank water NWQL NIST Wisconsin District Mercury Lab Other Ambient 99112 Purpose Topical QC data Field Routine QC non topical Other Topical for high bias contamination Topical for low bias recovery Replicate sample type Concurrent Sequential Split Split Concurrent Split Sequential Other Topical for variability field equip Topical for variability field collection Topical for variability field personnel Topical for variability field processing Topical for variability shipping amp handling Topical for variability lab Other topical QC purpose 99111 QC sample associated with this environmental sample No associated QA data Blank Replicate Sample Spike sample More than one type of QA sample Other 6 GW form ver 7 0 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B32 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES REFERENCE LIST FOR CODES USED ON THIS FORM Value Qualifiers e see field comment f sample
137. annot be split for whole water subsamples Churn lid requires a covered opening To split a sample into subsamples for nonvolatile organic compound analyses use a Teflon coated churn Cone splitter Used to process samples with suspended sediment con centrations from 0 to 10 000 mg L and to split samples containing sed iment particles ranging in size from very fine clay and silt 1 to 10 to sand size particles 250 um Samples as small as 250 mL can be split into 10 equal subsamples A Teflon cone splitter can be used to process samples with volume greater than 13 L and samples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents and nonvolatile organic compounds Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 36 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES To field rinse a bottle sampler or bag sampler 1 Put on appropriate disposable powderless gloves gloves 2 Partially fill and rinse the sampler with the water to be sampled rinse water e Avoid getting sand in the rinse water e To avoid suspended sand particles collect water for rinsing at the edge of the stream in an area of low flow turbidity 3 Shake or swirl and then drain the rinse water from the sampler through the nozzle 4 For bag samplers the bag must be removed from the sampler to properly discard the final rinse water a Fillthe bottom of the bag with approximately 100 to 200 mL of sample b Gently pull the bag into a tube like
138. ar with the safety requirements and recommendations described in 9 Get the appropriate training and certification needed if you will be working at sites designated as hazardous gt Collect data of known quality Fundamental to water quality sampling is the fact that the quality of the analytical results can be no better than the quality of the sample on which the analyses were performed The sample collector has primary responsibility for the quality and integrity of the sample up to the time that the sample is delivered to the analyzing laboratory or office Data quality is determined from analysis of quality control data gt Know what you need to do Before departing for field work review the workplan and plan for the types of measurements and samples specified Be thoroughly familiar with your study objectives and requirements Sampling plans including quality assurance and equipment requirements need to be prepared and reviewed in advance Some programs require a prescribed format for sampling quality assurance and safety plans Some projects require chain of custody documentation Review and understand the USGS protocols for collecting and processing your samples before field work begins Obtain and keep current with training and the laboratory requirements associated with your data collection activities Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF W
139. asurements Data are to be recorded to the appropriate accu racy for the depth being measured 7 Prevent the well tape from contacting the ground and introducing dirt into the well by spreading a clean plastic sheet around the well To measure water level using an electric tape 1 Lower the electrode probe slowly into the well until the indicator shows that the circuit is closed and contact with the water surface is made Avoid letting the tape rub across the top of the well casing Place the tip or nail of the index finger on the insulated wire at the MP and read the depth to water e Record the depth to water measurement in the first data entry col umn as DTW from e Record the date and time of the measurement e Make all readings using the same deflection point on the indicator scale light intensity or sound so that water levels will be consis tent between measurements e If the tape has been repaired and spliced go to the section on using a repaired spliced tape step 6 2 Apply the MP correction to get the depth to water in feet below or above LSD If the MP is below land surface precede the MP correc tion value with a minus sign to obtain the MP height In all cases subtract the MP height from the water level to obtain the depth to water DTW from LSD Referring to the non shaded section of the Ground Water Level Notes field form fig B1 in the Depth to Water and Well Depth table record this valu
140. ata are collected such as data for suspended sediment bedload bottom material or biological material and or for which historical data are available gt Ata cross section where samples can be collected at any stage throughout the period of study if possible Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 32 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES After a tentative selection of a sampling site develop a preliminary profile of field measurements at various locations along the cross section section 4 1 3 A Final site selection is based on a comparison of field measurements with the data requirements of the study TECHNICAL NOTE The preferred sampling method and number of verticals to be sampled within the stream cross section that are needed to obtain a sample that is sufficiently representative depends on stream homogeneity as indicated by the field measurement profile and stream discharge or other data as well as by study objectives Note that the field measurement profile is a useful guideline but might not be representative of chemical homogeneity for the analytes of interest Also it might be desirable to move to a sampling site upstream or downstream to adjust for seasonal variation or extreme flow conditions The guidelines used for selecting sampling sites on ephemeral and intermittent streams are the same as those for perennial streams Ephemeral and intermittent stream sites need additional pla
141. ater measurements Record this in the equipment log book and on the field form From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 4 version 2007 1 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B14 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES b Compare length marks on the electric tape to those on the reference tape with the tapes laid out straight on the ground or compare the electric tape against the known distance between fixed points on the ground c Compare water level measurements made with the electric tape to those made with the reference steel tape or one that has recently been calibrated against it in several wells that span the range of depths to water that are anticipated For water levels of less than 500 ft below the MP measurements should agree to within 0 01 ft For water levels greater than 500 ft below the MP measurements should agree to within 1 part in 1000 If these accuracies are not met then a correction factor based on a regression analysis should be developed d Record all calibration and maintenance data in the calibration and maintenance log book for the electric tape 2 Check the circuitry of the electric tape before lowering the probe into the well To determine proper functioning of the tape mecha nism dip the probe into tap water and observe whether the indica tor needle light and or beeper collectively termed the indicator in this document
142. aths of preferential flow In order to make a relevant interpretation of the sample chemistry it is necessary to take into account the aquifer interval or intervals that yield substantial contributions of water to the well and understand the hydraulic conditions within the well that result from a ambient flow in the aquifer to the well and b the conditions induced by sampling Shapiro 2002 gt Regardless of the pumping rate or location of the pump intake water will be withdrawn first from the borehole and only later in time from the aquifer The heterogeneity and anisotropy within the consolidated or unconsolidated aquifer interval being sampled dictates the paths of permeability through which formation water enters the well gt Flow dynamics within the well must be understood to determine if and when the water being withdrawn represents fresh formation water Differences in head from contributing paths of flow within the aquifer and differences in solution density from these contributing areas of flow will result in flow within the borehole Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 96 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 2 2 C Vulnerability of Ground Water Samples to Contamination Because guidance cannot account for every potential threat to data quality the responsibility lies with the field personnel to a be aware of the factors that can compromise the quality of the ground water sam
143. ay valve or flow splitting valve to adjust flow rate It is necessary to keep the two or three way valves either completely open or completely closed partially open three way valves can create a vacuum or air bubbles and can draw in contaminating water e Contain and dispose of purge waters according to Federal State or local regulations Do not discharge purge water from one well into another without proper authorization Dis charge purge water far enough away from the well or well cluster so as not to enter or affect water quality in the well and to prevent muddy and slippery work conditions e When the water runs clear divert flow through the manifold to the flowthrough chamber unless a downhole instrument is being used for field measurements The flow should be a smooth solid stream of water with no air or gas bubbles and without pump cavitation during field measurements and sample withdrawal Adjust the pump ing rate to eliminate air or gas bubbles or cavitation but do not halt or suddenly change the flow rate e Record the start time of purging the pumping rate s water level s and final location of the pump intake fig 4 12 If water is flowing through more than one conduit such as valve and manifold lines calculate the flow rate by summing the flow rate through each conduit e Begin monitoring field measurements refer to NFM 6 for instructions once flow to field measurement instruments is constant see in
144. before personnel attempt to spike samples USGS personnel obtain spike solutions spike kits and instructions through the NWQL One Stop Shopping system Field matrix spike mixtures are prepared in a laboratory and commonly are added to environmental samples designated for organic compound analysis gt Short term use keep matrix spike ampoules chilled at all times Spike compounds are unstable and degrade rapidly at room temperature gt Long term use store spike mixtures in a freezer gt Spike mixtures contain toxic compounds Dispose of waste materials in accord with current local and State regulations and USGS Science Center guidelines Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Page revised 1 2008 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 149 When preparing field spiked samples for pesticides or VOCs follow the procedure listed below 1 Samples should be processed spiked and chilled immediately after collection If spiking is delayed keep sample chilled until and after it is spiked Check that the sample bottles are labeled appropriately e FS field spiked sample e FSR field spiked replicate e LS lab spiked sample 2 Wearing disposable gloves and working in a preservation chamber follow the laboratory instructions for spiking the sample Be sure that the spike mixture is the one intended for the sample in terms of analytes volume and concentration 3 Chill field spike
145. blank samples are required for all USGS studies Review the most recent analyses of blank samples collected through the equipment to be used for sampling before field work begins gt Determine if water level and well yield are sufficient to produce a representative sample gt Decide how to determine or constrain the interval s from which the sample should be collected Consider whether packers will be used and whether screen lengths are sufficiently short or long to meet the sampling objective Determine the major sources of flow contribution to the well if sampling in fractured or anisotropic formation materials Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 110 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Before leaving for the field site review reconnaissance notes from the site inventory table 4 6 and determine the number and types of envi ronmental and QC samples to be collected Appendix A4 C P Prepare the field forms that will be needed for example water level purging field measurement analytical services request and chain of custody forms Fill out as much information as possible including the equipment to be used and numbers and types of samples to be collected gt Check equipment requirements NFM 2 When assembling the equipment test that equipment is in good working condition Take backup equipment as appropriate Organic compound samples Use fluorocarbon polymer Teflon
146. but is less desirable Altitude or pressure gage and spare gages Tire valve stem and tire pump Small open end wrench Wire or electrician s tape Steel tape see Appendix A4 B 3 Carpenters chalk Equipment calibration and maintenance log books for each altitude or pressure gage and steel tape Tape cleaning supplies refer to the list for well depth and steel and electric tape water level measurement gt From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 13 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B18 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES To measure water level using the air line method 1 Install an air line pipe or tube in the well Figure B3 shows a typi cal installation for measuring water levels by the air line method e The air line can be installed by either lowering it into the annular space between the pump column and casing after the pump has been installed in the well or by securing it to sec tions of the pump and pump column with wire or tape as it is lowered into the well e The air line must extend far enough below the water level that the lower end remains submerged during pumping of the well 2 Attach a pipe tee to the top end of the air line On the opposite end of the pipe tee attach a tire valve stem 3 Using a wrench connect to the fitting on top of the pipe tee either a an altitude gage that rea
147. by well taking water 33 Well taking water Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Alkalinity ANC Parameter Codes 39086 Alkalinity water filtered incremental titration mg L 00418 Alkalinity water filtered fixed endpoint mg L 29802 Alkalinity water filtered Gran titration mg L 00419 ANC water unfiltered incremental titration 00410 ANC water unfiltered fixed endpoint mg L 29813 ANC water unfiltered Gran titration mg L 29804 Bicarbonate water filtered fixed endpoint mg L 63786 Bicarbonate water filtered Gran mg L 00453 Bicarbonate water filtered incremental mg L 00440 Bicarbonate water unfiltered fixed endpoint mg L 00450 Bicarbonate water unfiltered incremental mg L 29807 Carbonate water filtered fixed endpoint mg L 63788 Carbonate water filtered Gran mg L 00452 Carbonate water filtered incremental mg L 00445 Carbonate water unfiltered fixed endpoint mg L 00447 Carbonate water unfiltered incremental mg L 29810 Hydroxide water filtered fixed endpoint mg L 71834 Hydroxide water filtered incremental mg L 71830 Hydroxide water unfiltered fixed endpoint mg L 71832Hydroxide water unfiltered incremental mg L Time Datum Codes Std UTC Daylight UTC Time Offset Time Offset Code hours Code hours HST 10 HDT 9 AKST 9 AKDT 8 PST 8 PDT 7 MST 7 MDT 6 CST 6 CDT 5 EST 5 EDT 4 AST 4 ADT 3 84164 Sampler type Thief Sampler Open to
148. c Data Processing System ADAPS contains time series information Ground Water Site Inventory GWSI contains aquifer and ground water site information PLAN AHEAD Take adequate time to prepare Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 17 Table 4 1 Example of work schedule elements Work schedule elements Examples of items or activities in checklists Completed by Calendar of planned field trips Prepare calendars checklists that include sampling dates members of field team vehicle s to be used Presampling activities Prepare checklists see figs 4 1 and 4 7 Prepare NWIS site files Postsampling activities Update field folders and computer files Log in samples Analytical Services Request form Store and dispose of hazardous materials properly Check that all equipment is clean and properly stored Field equipment and sup plies Prepare lists of equipment supplies for each field site see NFM 2 Prepare a list of items to be ordered Equipment supplies main tenance and testing Prepare a checklist of maintenance testing for field measurement instruments see NFM 6 Test sample collection and processing equipment Charge or replace batteries Sample collection processing shipping and documentation information and supplies Prepare headers on forms such as
149. cal or biological substance for which concentrations in a sample will be deter mined The definition for target analyte does not include field measured parameters such as specific electrical conductance pH temperature dissolved oxygen Eh alkalinity color or turbidity Aquifer A saturated permeable geologic unit that can transmit significant quan tities of water under ordinary hydraulic gradients Freeze and Cherry 1979 Area weighted sample A sample that contains an equal volume from each unit of area sampled Bias Systematic error inherent in a method or caused by some artifact or idiosyncrasy of the measurement collection or processing system systematic directional error measured by the use of blank spike and reference material samples The error can be positive indicating contamination or negative indicating loss of analyte concentration from Taylor 1987 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 scs OF WATER SAMPLES Bag samplers Samplers whose containers are bags that instantly transmit the ambient pressure to the interior of the sample container and do not have open ing or closing valves Bottle samplers A rigid sample container that does not instantly transmit the ambient pressure to the interior of the sample container and has neither pres sure compensation nor opening and closing valves Point samplers described in Edwards and Glysson 1999 use rigid bottles but
150. ce if used three times before collecting the sample Deploy the sampler so as to minimize disturbance to the water column and aquifer materials 1 li vi Use a reel to keep sampler line clean and untangled Lower sampler smoothly entering water with as little disturbance as possible Allow sampler to fill then withdraw sampler smoothly Shake water in sampler vigorously to rinse all interior surfaces Attach sample delivery tube or bottom emptying device to sampler and drain the rinse water through the sampler Repeat rinse procedure at least twice b Repeat steps a i iii to withdraw ground water for the sample TECHNICAL NOTE When a device is lowered and raised through the water column the disturbance to the water column can result in outgassing or degassing of ambient dissolved gases and an increase in concentrations of suspended particulates Repeated movement of the device through the water column exacerbates these effects and can result in substantial modification of the ambient water composition and chemistry c Set up the bailer in an enclosed or protected space Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 132 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 5 Process collect the sample Refer to NFM 5 Processing of Water Samples for instructions regarding the field rinse of sample bot tles sample filtration and the collection and preservation of whole water an
151. ch centroid must be equal e Repeat procedures steps 4 c f e Repeat this process at the remaining verticals along the cross section h Record the following information after all samples have been collected e Sampling end time Ending gage height e All field observations and any deviations from standard sampling procedures Step 5 Process samples gt Refer to NFM 5 Step 6 Clean equipment Refer to NFM 3 e Ifthe sampler will not be reused during a field trip rinse the components with deionized water before they dry and place them into a plastic bag for transport to the office laboratory to be cleaned e Ifthe sampler will be reused during the field trip rinse the components with deionized water while still wet from sam pling and then follow the prescribed cleaning procedures while at the sampling site NFM 3 Reassemble the sampler e Collect a field blank if required after sampling equipment has been cleaned at the sampling site e Place cleaned sampler into a plastic bag and seal for trans port to the next site Single vertical at centroid of flow VCF method Samples may be collected at a single vertical at the centroid of streamflow if the section is known to be well mixed laterally and vertically with respect to concentrations of target analytes The VCF method for collecting water samples is identical to the EDI method except that there is one centroid of flow for the stream cross section and therefor
152. ches above the streambed depending on the kind of sampler used Variability Random error in independent measurements as the result of repeated application of the process under specific conditions random error measured by the use of environmental or QC sample replicates Vertical Refers to that location within the increment at which the sampler is lowered and raised through the water column Water Science Center An office of the USGS Water Resources Discipline located in any of the States or territories of the United States Wholewater sample see Raw sample Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 157 ABBREVIATIONS approximately E equal to gt greater than 2 greater than or equal to lt less than lt less than or equal to plus plus or minus ft s feet per second gal min gallon per minute L liter L min liter per minute ug L microgram per liter equivalent to parts per billion us cm microsiemens per centimeter mg L milligram per liter mL min milliliter per minute ppb parts per billion equivalent to micrograms per liter ADAPS Automatic Data Processing System ASR Analytical Services Request ASTM ASTM International BOD biochemical oxygen demand CFC chlorofluorocarbon CH DH Clean Hands Dirty Hands DIW distilled deionized water DO dissolved oxygen DOC dissolved organic carbon EDI equal discharge increment
153. clean churn splitters Label the sample bottles appropriately Change gloves 2 At the first vertical of an EWI or EDI section collect a sample and pour it into the churn splitter 1 section 4 1 3 Using identical technique resample at the first vertical and pour the sample into churn splitter 2 4 Move to the second vertical collect the sample and pour it into churn splitter 2 5 Using the identical technique resample at the second vertical and pour the sample into churn splitter 1 6 Collect and pour samples into each churn splitter in this manner for each of the remaining verticals alternating churn splitters as described in steps 2 to 5 above 7 Using identical technique process and preserve a sample from churn splitter 1 and then from churn splitter 2 4 3 2 B Sequential Replicates Sequential replicates are samples of environmental water commonly ground water that are collected consecutively one after the other from the same sampling site and that are subjected to identical laboratory analysis The sequential replicate can be collected for example as a sample pumped from a well or stream Sequential replicates are used to assess variability among samples that result from field activities collection processing and shipping procedures Because sequential replicates are not collected simultaneously inhomogeneities in the water resource are incorporated into the variability measured Also included is the
154. d preservation chambers for sample collection and filtration and preservation respectively gt The sampling device should be conditioned with the well water before being used to collect samples Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 101 To condition or field rinse a ground water sampler 1 Wearing disposable gloves gently lower the sampler through the water column in the well to the selected sampling depth interval Take care to minimize disturbance in the water column and minimize disturbance of sediments at the bottom of the well e Ifusing a pump sampler field rinsing is accomplished with well purging provided that the well will be purged with the same equipment to be used for sample with drawal Water should be pumped through the sample tubing to achieve the equivalent volume of three equip ment rinses e fusing a point sampler fill the sampler partially with the water to be sampled shake or swirl it to cover all interior parts of the sampler Drain the rinse water through the nozzle or bottom emptying device Repeat this procedure three times 2 Discard or contain the well water rinsate including purge water as appropriate to comply with waste disposal regulations this is especially critical if the water is known or suspected to contain toxic levels of chemical substances Well bottom detritus Incorporating sediment or ot
155. d by factors described in a d and e below a Visually inspect the stream from bank to bank observing velocity width and depth distribution as well as apparent distribution of sediment and aquatic biota along the cross section Document location of stagnant water eddies backwater reverse flows areas of faster than normal flow and piers or other obstructions along the cross section b Determine stream width from a tagline or from distance markings on bridge railings or on a cableway 8Preparations for water sampling are described in NFM 2 and 3 Consult NFM 5 for sample processing NFM 6 for field measurements NFM 7 for biological indicators NFM 8 for bottom material sampling and NFM 9 for field safety Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 53 c At sites with little sampling history measure record and review the cross sectional variation of field measurements for example specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen d Measure discharge at the cross section to be sampled or use an existing EDI graph prepared from current or historical discharge measurements fig 4 5 Edwards and Glysson 1999 An existing EDI graph can be one prepared for the site that shows for example cumulative discharge or cumulative percent of discharge versus stationing e Determine volume of discharge that will be represented in
156. d filtered samples Step 6 Clean equipment Refer to NFM 3 Cleaning of Equipment for Water Sampling Sampling equipment must be cleaned as instructed in NFM 3 before leaving the field site At contaminated sites use sample tubing that is disposable or dedicated to that site in order to minimize the risk of cross contamination between wells Wear gloves while cleaning and handling sampling equipment e Rinse sampling equipment with deionized water before the equipment dries e Clean equipment to be used at another well during the same field trip after rinsing it and before moving to the next site e Collect field blanks to assess equipment cleaning procedures directly after the sampling equipment has been cleaned in the field or after moving to the next site and before sampling as dictated by the data quality requirements of the study section 4 3 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 133 QUALITY CONTROL 4 3 Collection and analysis of quality control QC samples are mandated components of USGS water quality field studies The goal of QC sam pling is to identify quantify and document bias and variability in data that result from the collection processing shipping and handling of samples The bias and variability associated with environmental data must be known for the data to be interpreted properly and be scientifically defensible Horowit
157. d sample aeration Filter in line use thick nonpermeable sample tubing completely fill filtration assemblies and sample tubing with sample fill sample bottles from bottom up to overflowing whenever appropriate handle anoxic water under an inert gas atmosphere if necessary section 4 2 2 C Collect quality control samples Review the analytical results and adjust field procedures if necessary before the next sampling Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 89 Table 4 9 Considerations for well selection and well installation Modified from Lapham and others 1997 Well location Location conforms to the study s network design for areal and depth distribution Land use land cover characteristics if relevant are consistent with study objectives Site is accessible for equipment needed for well installation and sample collection Well elevation has been determined Hydrogeologic unit s Hydrogeologic unit s that contribute water to the well can be identified Depth and thickness of targeted hydrogeologic unit s are known or can be determined Yield of water is adequate for sampling typically a minimum of 1 gallon 3 785 liters per minute Well records description design materials and structure Available records for example logs of well drilling completion and development have
158. d samples to 4 C or below without freezing and handle in a manner identical to that of the unspiked environmental sample 4 Record the following information related to the spike sample on field and NWQL Analytical Services Request forms lot number of spike solution volume of spike solution and source of spike solution CAUTION Spike mixtures be toxic and might cause cancer or other diseases Follow the laboratory prescribed spiking instructions meticulously Work in a well ventilated area and avoid inhalation and skin and eye contact Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples Page revised 1 2008 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 150 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 3 4 REFERENCE SAMPLES Standard reference water samples SRS and reference material sam ples that are submitted by field personnel for laboratory analysis can be used to answer questions such as What are the bias and variability associated with field handling shipping and laboratory procedures Reference samples typically are submitted from the field as blind sam ples section 4 3 5 and as split replicate samples section 4 3 2 C because the composition is known thus eliminating guesswork regard ing the accuracy of the analytical results Reference samples for inorganic analytes in a natural water matrix cur rently are available to USGS personnel from the USGS Branch of Quality Systems The National Institute of Standards and Technology a
159. data collection procedures and must exercise judgment gained from field experience to make site selections gt Careful and complete documentation of site information and the data collected must be input to electronic and paper files In most bodies of flowing or still water a single sampling site or point is not adequate to describe the physical properties and the distribution and abundance of chemical constituents or biological communities Location distribution and number of sampling sites can affect the quality and applicability of the resulting data When selecting surface water sampling sites gt Consider the study objectives types of data and quality of data needed equipment needs and sampling methods gt Obtain all available historical information gt Consider physical characteristics of the area such as size and shape land use tributary and runoff characteristics geology point and nonpoint sources of contamination hydraulic conditions climate water depth and fluvial sediment transport characteristics gt Consider chemical and biological characteristics of the area aquatic and terrestrial gt Note the types of equipment that will be needed Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 31 4 1 2 A Flowing Water Sites Flowing water sites can refer to streams fast or slow intermittent ephemeral or perennial canals
160. discharge increment method for collection of water samples modified from Bruce Ringen U S Geological Survey written commun 1978 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 52 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 1 Prepare for sampling for inorganic and organic analytes a Upon arrival at the field site set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs Park vehicle in a location and direction so as to prevent sample contamination from vehicle emissions b Assemble equipment needed and set up a clean work space e Organic compounds Select equipment with fluorocarbon polymer glass or metal components if components will directly contact samples to be analyzed for organic com pounds Do not use plastics other than fluorocarbon poly mers e Inorganic constituents Select equipment with components made of fluorocarbon polymer or other relatively inert and uncolored plastics or glass if components will directly con tact samples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents Do not use metal or rubber components for trace element sampling e Microbiological analyses Collect samples for microbiolog ical analyses using equipment and techniques described in NFM 7 Step 2 Select the number and location of equal discharge increments The number and location of equal discharge increments should not be determined arbitrarily Selection of increments for a sampling site is governe
161. ditches and flumes of all sizes and shapes or to any other surface feature in which water moves unidirectionally All or parts of reservoirs and estuaries that flow unidirectionally are considered to be flowing water Determine latitude and longitude from maps or by land survey techniques Global positioning system GPS equipment is useful to identify sampling site location Flowing water sampling sites optimally are located gt Ator near a streamgaging station to obtain concurrent surface water discharge data required for computing constituent transport loads and to determine discharge constituent concentration relations Measure discharge at time of sampling if a streamgaging station is not at or near the sampling site or if discharge cannot be rated or estimated with sufficient accuracy gt In straight reaches having uniform flow and having a uniform and stable bottom contour and where constituents are well mixed along the cross section gt Far enough above and below confluences of streamflow or point sources of contamination to avoid sampling a cross section where flows are poorly mixed or not unidirectional gt Inreaches upstream from bridges or other structures to avoid contamination from the structure or from a road surface gt Inunidirectional flow that does not include eddies If eddies are present within the channel sample only the unidirectional flow gt At or near a transect in a reach where other d
162. ds in feet or b a pressure gage that reads pressure in pounds per square inch Ib in or psi 4 Connect a tire pump to the tire valve stem fitting on the pipe tee e As the water level in the well changes h and d fig B3 must change in a manner such that their sum remains the same e Their sum is a constant which is determined at the same time as a simultaneous wetted steel tape and air gage mea surement is made 5 calibrate the air line and gage make an initial depth to water level d measurement with a wetted steel tape and an initial air gage reading h Add d and h to determine the constant value for k Usea tire pump to pump compressed air into the air line until all the water is expelled from the line Once all water is displaced from the air line record the maximum gage reading e Example a using an altitude gage given an initial mea sured depth to the water level d of 25 86 ft the initial altitude gage reading h is 75 5 ft Then the constant k 25 9 ft 75 5 ft 101 4 ft e Example b using a pressure gage given an initial measured depth to the water level d of 85 85 ft the initial pressure gage reading h is 28 psi Then the constant 86 ft 2 3 ft psi x 28 psi 86 ft 64 ft 150 ft 6 Calibrate the air line and gage as described in step 5 above Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES AP
163. dule of the study gt Source solution blank Collect in a designated clean draft free area of the office laboratory such as under a laminar flow hood or laminar flow bench Do not collect the source solution blank in a fume hood Submit the sample for analysis along with or after the equipment blank and field collected samples depending on study objectives and the data resulting from other blank samples gt Equipment blank pre field Collect in a designated clean area of the office laboratory at least 4 weeks before using the equipment in the field to allow enough time for sample analysis and review of the resulting data A variety of other types of blank samples that are collected in the controlled office laboratory environment can be designed to test some aspect of sample handling not related to the field environment Examples of these types of blanks include the refrigerator blank the shelf blank and the preservation blank Appendix A4 C Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 140 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 3 1 B Field Blanks Field blanks are collected and processed at the field site in the same manner and using the same equipment as the environmental sample s Equipment must be cleaned meticulously before field blanks are collected NFM 3 gt single field blank is a basic QC sample that represents the entire sampling system The field blank is collected routinely for
164. e call owner or site operator before arrival at site obtain key to unlock security gate Photographs to document site conditions Maps to site State and local Profiles of cross section of stream channel at sampling location s Stream bottom geometry Physical and chemical measurements Safety information NFM 9 Nearest emergency facilities Phone numbers home of study chief or supervisor Traffic condition and traffic plan showing where to park placement of flags and cones Location of power lines Environmental hazards such as weather and animals Sampling schedule Laboratory analyses to be requested and associated codes When to collect samples high or low flow Bottle types needed for each analytical schedule Analytical Services Request form s and example of a completed form Sampling instructions Cumulative discharge curves at about 10 50 and 90 percent duration Velocity cross sections at about 10 50 and 90 percent duration Equipment to use at various flows Flow duration curve Discharge rating curves and or tables Shipping instructions Amount of ice to use Mailing labels to and from laboratory Location of nearest post office or shipping agent Surface water field form and an example of completed form A tabulation sheet for each type of bacteria enumerated at the site include example with date of sample streamflow vol
165. e Never let the well pressure exceed the altitude pressure gage limits e Never connect a gage to a well that uses a booster pump in the system the pump could start automatically and the resulting pressure surge may ruin the gage e Altitude pressure gages must be calibrated with a dead weight tester Record the calibration in the instrument log book for the gage that is being used 2 When a flowing well is closed or opened by a valve or test plug it should be done gradually If pressure is applied or released sud denly the well could be permanently damaged by the water ham mer effect by caving of the aquifer material breakage of the well casing or damage to the distribution lines or gages To reduce the possibility of a water hammer effect install a pressure snub ber ahead of the altitude pressure gage Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B23 3 If possible shut down all flow from the well so that a static water level measurement can be made however shut down may not be possible because of well owner objections or system leaks Wells without a shut down valve can be shut in by installing a soil pipe test plug on the well or discharge line 4 If a well has to be shut down the time required to reach static pres sure after shut in may range from hours to days Since it may be impractical or impossible to reach true static conditio
166. e careful to keep detailed notes on exactly how the replicate samples were collected and processed to help distinguish the sources of variability that affected the samples Replicate samples are collected simultaneously or close in time with the associated environmental sample using identical procedures Concurrent Replicates 4 3 2 Concurrent replicates are two or more samples of environmental water that are collected simultaneously or at approximately the same time Concurrent replicates provide basic QC data for surface water sampling and incorporate for example the total variability introduced from collection processing and shipping of the sample the variability inherent in the aqueous system across a short distance in space and time and the variability inherent in laboratory handling and analysis of the samples Depending on study objectives duplicate samples can be collected concurrently by using two sampling devices of the same type or by filling separate sample compositing containers using the same sampling device Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 144 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES The following procedure adapted from Horowitz and others 1994 is used at surface water sites to fill two or more sample compositing containers usually churn splitters 1 Complete equipment field rinsing procedures surface water section 4 1 3 ground water section 4 2 2 C using two
167. e disposable powderless gloves Change gloves before each new step during sample collection and processing Avoid hand contact with contaminating surfaces such as equipment coins food Gloved as well as ungloved hands must not contact the water sample Use equipment constructed of materials that are relatively inert with respect to the analytes of interest NFM 2 Use only equipment that has been cleaned according to prescribed procedures NFM 3 Field rinse equipment but only as directed Some equipment for organic compound and other analysis should not be field rinsed Use correct sample handling procedures Minimize the number of sample handling steps Use Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques table 4 3 as required for parts per billion trace element sampling Adapt Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques for other sample types as appropriate Obtain training for and practice field techniques under supervision before collecting water samples Collect and process samples in enclosed chambers so as to minimize contamination from atmospheric sources Collect a sufficient number of blanks and other types of quality control samples Follow a prescribed order for collecting samples Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 22 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Table 4 3 Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques for water quality sampling Clean Hand
168. e equipment that is used for collecting and processing environmental samples is used for col lecting and processing blanks and other types of quality control samples however equipment cleaning and rinsing procedures differ somewhat Follow a prescribed sampling order One dictate of Good Field Practices is to follow a prescribed order for collecting samples An aspect of this is that cross contamination between sites can be avoided by planning the order in which field sites will be sampled Sites should be sampled in the order of least to greatest potential for equipment fouling or contamination if possible The cleanest sites are often although not always those that are in pristine environments in areas where concentrations of dissolved solids are low or upstream or upgradient from known or suspected sources of contamination RULE OF THUMB Collect samples first at sites having the least contamination or lowest chemical concentrations Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 21 Table 4 2 Good field practices for collection of water quality samples Modified from Rules for Trace Metal Sampling by Howard Taylor U S Geological Survey written communication 1992 NFM National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data Be aware of and record potential sources of contamination at each field site Wear appropriat
169. e in the first 1 data entry column as DTW from LSD If the water level is above LSD enter the water level as feet above land surface preceded by a minus sign 3 Make a check measurement by repeating steps 1 and 2 and record the measurement in the second data column of fig B1 If the check measurement does not agree with the original measurement within 0 01 or 0 02 of a foot make a third check measurement recording this measurement in the third 3d column Make repeated check measurements until the reason for the lack of agreement is determined or until the results are shown to be reliable If more than two readings are taken record the average of all readings Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B16 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 Water level data are recorded to the nearest 0 01 foot Record USGS water level data on field forms and in GWSI using the appropriate method code s fig B1 5 After completing the well measurement wipe down the section of the tape that was submerged in the well water using the cleaning and or disinfection method of choice NFM 3 3 8 If disinfecting the tape rinse the tape thoroughly with deionized or tap water after disinfection Dry the tape and rewind it onto the tape reel Do not rewind or otherwise store a dirty or wet tape 6 Using a repaired spliced tape If the tape has been repaired by cutting off a section of tape that was defective
170. e only one vertical is sampled Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 59 EDI and EWI methods are preferred for most USGS field applications Do not use VCF unless you know your stream section to be well mixed with respect to your target analytes Guidelines for using the VCF method 1 Measure discharge along the cross section where sampling is to be done This is not necessary if the section is stable and accurate historical discharge measurements are available 2 Locate the centroid of flow from the discharge measurement e Either a construct an EDI graph using cumulative discharge or cumulative percentage of discharge plotted against cross section stationing for example in fig 4 5 the centroid loca tion is station 38 which corresponds to 50 percent of cumula tive flow or b determine centroid location directly from the discharge measurement sheet for example in fig 4 6 the cen troid location is station 74 e EDI graphs of cumulative discharge at various stages can be based on historical discharge measurements if the stream channel is stable at the cross section to be sampled The loca tion of centroids can be determined from these EDI graphs so that discharge measurements do not have to be made before each sampling EDI graphs require periodic verification 3 Examine the cross section for uniformity of appearance 4 Mea
171. e sampler attach sampler cap and nozzle pour the required volume through nozzle into sample bottle Splitter Blank Rinse churn splitter with blank water Pour the blank water remaining in the sampler through the sampler nozzle and into the 8 L churn splitter Refill sampler repeat until churn contains 3 to 5 L of blank water Process the required blank sample volume through the churn spigot into the splitter blank bottle If a cone splitter is used instead of a churn splitter the blank sample is processed through the exit port tubes Pump Blank e Surface water example Using the peristaltic pump thread the intake end of clean tubing into churn splitter through the funnel and cap the funnel loosely Insert the discharge end of the pump tubing into a processing chamber and pump blank water through the tubing for an initial rinse discharging rinse water to waste After the rinse pump the required volume of blank water from the churn splitter into the pump blank bottle Ground water example Rinse a precleaned noncontaminating standpipe with blank water and discard rinse water Place submersible pump into the standpipe and pour in blank water keep water level above the pump intake Insert discharge end of pump tubing into a processing chamber Circulate blank water through pump and tubing to rinse discharging rinse water to waste Pump the required volume of blank water from the standpipe into the pump blank bottle Field Blank The field
172. e valve Pump at a rate that does not substantially lower the water level Ideally well yield should be sufficient so that the water level is maintained above the screened or open interval Flow should not be halted or the flow rate changed suddenly during the final phases of purging and sampling a Calculate the well volume For a cased well the depth to the bottom of the well and the inside casing diameter must be known V 0 0408 x HD2 where V is volume in gallons H is height of water column D is the inside well diameter squared in inches Note that for a cased well the volume of water stored within the annular space between the well screen and borehole well also should be evacuated at least once Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 128 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES b Lower a submersible pump followed by a water level sensor to the desired location of the pump intake The pump position is fixed if the monitoring well has a permanently installed sampling system Move the equipment slowly and smoothly through the water column to avoid stirring up particulates The intake can be either lowered continually while purging to the final depth desired or placed immediately at its final position Note that the final pump intake position always is at the point of sample collection e Position the pump intake about 3 ft about 0 9 m below static water surface and a minimum
173. ead the gage to the nearest psi or 0 1 psi and multiply by 2 31 to convert to feet of water Apply the MP correction to get the depth to water above land sur face datum Shut off the well pressure and repeat steps e i for a second check reading Record the identification number of the altitude pressure gage with each water level measurement so that the reading can be back ref erenced to the calibration record if necessary Record USGS water level data on field forms and in GWSI using the appropriate method code s Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B25 Appendix A4 B 6 Sample of the U S Geological Survey Ground Water Quality Notes field form This form was developed for U S Geological Survey personnel and is included for informational use only Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B26 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES February 2006 USGS U S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY GROUND WATER QUALITY NOTES FIELDID olen for s changing work NWIS RECORD NO Station No Station Name Field ID Sample Date Mean Sample Time watch Time Datum eg EST EDT UTC Sample Medium Sample Type Sample Purpose 71999 Purpose of Site Visit 50280 QC Samples Collected Y N Project No Proj Name Project No Proj Name Sampling Team Team Lead Signature Comments Sample Set ID__ LABO
174. easuring Water Levels at Wells and a Sample USGS Ground Water Quality Field Form All USGS personnel who sample or make water level or water quality measurements at wells must comply with requirements and be familiar with the guidelines provided by the USGS Office of Ground Water Guidelines established by the Office of Ground Water related to measurement of well depth and water level have been adapted for water quality work and are summarized in this appendix Page A4 B 1 Establishing a permanent measuring point on wells at which water level will be measured APP B3 A4 B 2 Well depth measurement eee ee crecen ee eee APP B5 Figure B1 Example of a USGS field form for ground water level measurements 7 4 3 Water level measurement DY ccssssssssccssssssseeees APP B8 a Steel tape procedure eee eeeeeeeeeeee APP B9 b Electric tape procedure eeeeeeeee APP B13 Figure B2 Example of a water level measurement using a graduated steel tape seen APP B12 A4 B 4 Water level measurement by the air line method APP B17 Figure B3 Typical installation for measuring water level by the air line Method ssi csssisesesosccscsencesecsvonesteseisesccescesecesevecesessenes APP B20 A4 B 5 Water level measurement at flowing wells using low pressure and high pressure methods
175. ection of Water Samples 12 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Obtaining representative samples is of primary importance for a relevant description of the environment In order to collect a representative sample that will yield the information required 1 study objectives including data quality requirements must be understood in the context of the water system to be sampled and 2 artifacts of the sampling process must be minimized Field personnel must be alert to conditions that could compromise the quality of a sample gt Collect a representative sample Use appropriate methods and quality assurance measures to ensure that the field sites selected and the samples collected accurately represent the environment intended for study and can fulfill data quality objectives gt Think contamination To ensure the integrity of the sample be aware of possible sources of contamination Contamination introduced during each phase of sample collection and processing is additive and usually is substantially greater than contamination introduced elsewhere in the sample handling and analysis process Therefore collect a sufficient number of quality control samples appropriately distributed in time and space to ensure that data quality objectives and requirements are met section 4 3 lAs used in this report data quality requirements refer to that subset of data quality objectives pertaining to the analytical detection level for conce
176. ed at least twice and recorded in the respective column refer to the unshaded portion of the box at the upper right of fig B1 Record the time of measurement using the column headed 1 for the initial set of measurements Water level data are to be recorded to the appropriate accuracy for the depth being measured Spread clean plastic sheeting around the well to prevent the well tape from contacting the ground and introducing dirt into the well To measure water level using a steel tape 1 Chalk the lower few feet of the tape by pulling the tape across piece of blue carpenter s chalk the wetted chalk mark identifies that part of the tape that was submerged If water level was measured previously at the well use the previ ous measurement s to estimate the length of tape that should be lowered into the well Slowly lower the weight and tape into the well until the bottom end of the tape is submerged below the water Work carefully to avoid splashing Continue to lower the end of the tape into the well until the next graduation a whole foot mark is opposite the MP and record this number on the field form fig B1 next to Hold for DTW as illustrated on fig B2 Rapidly bring the tape to the surface before the wetted chalk mark dries and becomes difficult to read Record the number as the Cut Subtract the Cut from the Hold and record the difference as DTW from MP
177. ed data are essential to the credibility and impartiality of the water resources appraisals carried out by the USGS The development and use of a National Field Manual is necessary to achieve consistency in the scientific methods and procedures used to document those methods and procedures and to maintain technical expertise USGS field personnel use this manual to ensure that the data collected are of the quality required to fulfill our mission Robert M Hirsch Associate Director for Water U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 Techniques of Water Resources Investigations Book 9 Handbooks for Water Resources Investigations Chapters of Section A National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data A1 Preparations for Water Sampling A2 Selection of Equipment for Water Sampling A3 Cleaning of Equipment for Water Sampling A4 Collection of Water Samples AS Processing of Water Samples A6 Field Measurements 6 0 General Information and Guidelines 6 1 Temperature 6 2 Dissolved Oxygen 6 3 Specific Electrical Conductance 6 4 pH 6 5 Reduction Oxidation Potential Electrode Method 6 6 Alkalinity and Acid Neutralizing Capacity 6 7 Turbidity AT Biological Indicators 7 0 Five Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand 7 1 Fecal Indicator Bacteria 7 2 Fecal Indicator Viruses 7 3 Protozoan Pathogens 8 Bottom Material Samples A9 Safety in Field Activities Note Contents are cu
178. eferred to in this report by the abbreviation NFM and the specific chapter number or chapter and section number For example NFM 6 refers to Chapter A6 on Field Measurements and NFM 6 4 refers to the section on field measurement of pH The procedures described in this chapter represent protocols that generally are applicable to USGS studies involving the collection of water quality data Modification of required and recommended procedures to fulfill study objectives or to enhance data quality must be documented and published with the data and data interpretation PURPOSE AND SCOPE The National Field Manual is targeted specifically toward field personnel in order to 1 establish and communicate scientifically sound methods and procedures 2 provide methods that minimize data bias and when properly applied result in data that are reproducible within acceptable limits of variability 3 encourage consistent use of field methods for the purpose of producing nationally comparable data and 4 provide citable documentation for USGS water quality data collection protocols U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 9 The purpose of this chapter of the National Field Manual is to provide field personnel and other interested parties with a description of the requirements recommendations and guidelines routinely used in USGS studies involving the collection of water quality sa
179. efore moving to the next site e Collect field blanks to assess equipment cleaning procedures directly after the sampling equipment has been cleaned in the field or after moving to the next site and before sampling as dictated by the data quality requirements of the study section 4 3 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 123 Monitor Wells 4 2 4 B When selecting purging equipment for monitor wells site conditions need to be considered In general a portable submersible nonaerating pump that also will be used for sampling is recommended The specific equipment and well purging method selected however can depend on depth to water length of the open interval well construction and site contamination For example to reduce the volume and time required for purging especially in deep wells or in wells for which purge water is contaminated and must be contained inflatable packers can be used to isolate the aquifer interval of interest In addition gt When the water table is deeper than 250 ft and or a large volume of water must be purged a dual pump system can be used position in series a submersible pump downhole and a centrifugal pump at the surface Water discharging from the slow pumping submersible pump is used for field measurements and sample collection whereas the centrifugal pump removes the required volume of purge water at
180. ending on the procedures employed and whether the purpose is to determine variability from field plus laboratory processes the field replicate split sample or from laboratory procedures the lab replicate split sample When collecting split replicates sample bottles must be labeled carefully and the sequence of procedures used must be recorded gt Lab replicate split sample A sample collected in a single bottle that is split into two or more replicates after having been processed and preserved is used to answer the question What is the variability associated with laboratory handling and analysis of the sample This type of split replicate sample typically is prepared from filtered samples it is not appropriate generally for whole water samples containing noticeable concentrations of suspended material To collect a lab replicate split sample adapted from Horowitz and others 1994 1 Wearing disposable powderless gloves and working inside a processing chamber start with a full bottle of sample to which the appropriate chemical treatment has been added Shake the sample thoroughly to mix e For inorganic samples only use a bottle rinsed at least twice with IBW and then field rinse the bottle with a small volume of processed sample e Do not prerinse bottles for organic samples 2 Transfer the entire contents of the first bottle to the second bottle Cap and shake the second bottle 3 Uncap the second bottle and p
181. ent Instructions for BOD sampling can be found in NFM 7 0 Instructions for VOC sampling are described at the end of this section 4 1 3 B under Instructions for collecting VOC samples at flowing water sites gt Discrete sampling method Discrete point sampling involves either 1 lowering a sampler to a specified depth and collecting a sample by first opening then closing the sampler or 2 using a single stage sampler which fills when stream stage rises to a predetermined height Thief type samplers are the most common point samplers used for collecting water quality samples NFM 2 1 1 B Although these samplers are designed primarily to sample still waters they can be adapted for slow flowing water by attaching them to a weighted line Samples can be collected at the centroid of flow or at multiple verticals and at selected depths along the cross section Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 62 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Isokinetic point samplers for example the P 61 P 63 described in Edwards and Glysson 1999 are available for col lecting samples for suspended sediment concentration and parti cle size determination and for selected chemical constituents The P 61 and P 63 samplers are not suitable for collecting samples for organic compound or trace inorganic constitu ent analyses Single stage samplers such as the U 59 NFM 2 1 1 B and U 73 are usefu
182. epth the sampled depth whereby the water sediment mixture is collected isokinetically so that the contribution from each point is proportional to the stream velocity at the point This process yields a sample with properties that are discharge weighted over the sampled depth ASTM 1990 e Depth integration for a discharge weighted sample A discharge weighted velocity weighted sample of water sediment mixture col lected at one or more verticals in accordance with the technique of depth integration the discharge of any property of the sample express ible as a concentration can be obtained as the product of the concentra tion and the water discharge represented by the sample ASTM 1990 For a discharge weighted sample the water sediment mixture is collected isokinetically so that the contribution from each point is proportional to the stream velocity at the point that is the sample contains an equal volume from each unit of discharge sampled Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 155 Depth integration to collect an area weighted sample The ASTM definition of depth integration does not accommodate the concept of an area weighted sample Area weighting is similar in concept to discharge weighting except that the water sediment mixture is col lected so that the contribution from each point is proportional to the stream area at the point that i
183. equal width increment containing the largest discharge largest product of depth times velocity by sounding for depth and either measuring or estimating velocity At the vertical for this increment use of the minimum transit rate results in the maximum allowable filling of the sampler bottle or bag during one vertical traverse Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 46 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES c Determine the minimum transit rate at this vertical for the type of sampler bottle or bag size of sampler nozzle and the desired sample volume e Approximate the mean velocity of the vertical in feet per second by timing a floating marker such as a peanut as it travels a known distance A known length of flagging tape tied to the cable where the sampler is attached often is used to measure the distance Divide the distance in feet by the time in seconds and multiply by 0 86 e Make sure that the transit rate does not exceed the maximum allowable transit rate to be used at any of the remaining ver ticals along the cross section This can be determined by sampling the slowest increment If the minimum volume of sample relative to depth of the vertical is not collected at this vertical then the EWI method cannot be used at this cross section to collect a discharge weighted sample Appendix A4 A e Remember that you must keep the transit rate unidirectional constant and within the isoki
184. er generally do not result in a discharge weighted sample unless the stream is completely mixed laterally and vertically Thus the analytical results cannot be used to directly compute analyte discharges Still water samples generally also are collected at multiple locations in the water body and at multiple depths section 4 1 3 C The probability is small that any body of still water lake reservoir pond lock storage pool is relatively homogeneous with regard to any water quality characteristic Therefore a single sampling point generally is not adequate to describe the physical and chemical properties of the water body or the distribution and abundance of the inhabiting biological community The number of sampling locations selected and the depths where samples will be collected depend on study objectives and the physical chemical and biological characteristics of the water body Ward and Harr 1990 Document the sampling method used on the appropriate field form for each sample Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 35 On site preparations When arriving at the field site take the appropriate measures to avoid sample contamination such as fumes from traffic or other sources and proper handling and care of sampling equipment The selection and care of equipment employed for isokinetic and nonisokinetic surface water sampling are described
185. er second in Volume feet Rate 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 mL 1 slowest 0 02 0 02 0 03 0 03 0 04 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 000 safe full 1 volume 0 02 0 03 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 800 1 fastest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 07 0 7 130 2 slowest 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 O I 0 2 0 2 1 000 safe full 2 volume 0 04 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 01 0 1 O 1 0 2 0 2 02 0 3 800 2 fastest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 07 0 8 240 3 slowest 0 05 0 1 0 1 0 1 O 1 O 1 O 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 0 3 1 000 safe full 3 volume 0 1 0 1 0 1 01 O 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 03 0 3 0 4 800 3 fastest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 04 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 08 0 9 340 4 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 01 O 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 03 0 3 0 4 1 000 safe full 4 volume 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 04 0 5 800 4 fastest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 04 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 08 0 9 420 5 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 03 0 4 04 0 5 1 000 safe full 5 volume 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 800 5 fastest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 500 6 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 03 03 03 04
186. ers 94 08 Collection handling and analysis of January 14 1994 environmental samples in support of regulatory projects 94 09 Revision of new Division protocol for January 28 1994 collecting and processing surface water samples for low level inorganic analyses Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 166 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 97 06 Comparison of the suspended sediment May 5 1997 splitting capabilities of the churn and cone splitters 99 02 Guidance for collecting discharge weighted October 28 1998 samples in surface water using an isokinetic sampler 00 10 Discrete water quality data in NWISWeb September 15 2000 01 02 Guidance for verifying and interpreting field November 14 2000 blank determinations that indicate high pesticide or trace element concentrations or that show large numbers of detections 01 03 Collection and use of total suspended solids November 27 2000 data 02 11 Policy for storing and reporting significant February 14 2002 figures for chemical data 02 13 Water quality field methods National Field March 15 2002 Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data 06 01 Storage of water level data for ground water February 2 2006 National Water Quality Laboratory 02 04 Requirements for the proper shipping of September 23 2002 samples to the National Water Quality Laboratory Water Resources Policy Memorandums 90 34 Policy for permission to sample
187. es that might have been captured because of excessive streambed disturbance during sample collection If you note either or both of these conditions discard the sample making sure there are no residual particulates left in the container and resample e Ensure that the sampler container is not underfilled that the minimum volume indicated in Appendix A4 A has been collected Underfilling will result in a subsample that is not isokinetically collected usually because the maximum transit rate has been exceeded f Depending on study objectives either process and or analyze the subsample collected at the initial centroid as a separate sample composite this subsample with other subsamples collected along the cross section or split the subsample for further processing e Ifthe total volume of the subsamples that will be collected will exceed the operational capacity of the churn or cone splitter decrease the number of increments or use a smaller nozzle e Ensure that all particulates in the sampler bottle or bag are transferred with the sample by swirling the sample gently to keep particulates suspended and quickly pouring the sample into the churn or cone splitter Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 58 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES g Move equipment to the next vertical e Determine the transit rate for this vertical If the subsamples are composited the total volume collected at ea
188. established for each well at which USGS data are collected The MP should be established when a moni tor well is installed or an existing well is inventoried The accuracy with which the MP is established depends on the accuracy of the water level measurement being made For water level measured in hundredths of a foot the MP is to be established to an accuracy of 0 01 foot This guidance assumes that gt All water level measurements from a given well must be referenced to the same datum to ensure data comparability gt Land surface datum LSD at the well was established by the person who made the initial water level measurement at the well LSD is an arbitrary plane chosen to be approximately equivalent to the average altitude of the ground around the well Because LSD around a well may change over time the distance between the MP and LSD should be checked every 3 to 5 years or more frequently because of land development or other changes gt Measuring points can change from time to time especially on privately owned wells Such changes must be documented and dated in field notes and in the data base s into which the water level data are entered To establish a permanent measuring point 1 Establish the location of the MP at a specific point within the top of the casing The MP is measured in reference to LSD If possi ble position the MP at a point on the casing where a leveling rod could be set on it directly over the well
189. estimated using the less accurate air line method As a last resort if no water level measurement can be made use the measurement recorded on the driller s well log in order to calculate an esti mated purge volume Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 119 b Water level measurements must be recorded on field form s and in GWSI forms On the field form note any deviations from standard water level measuring procedures It is useful also to record water level in QWDATA USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandum 2006 01 c Clean the tape after each use to avoid cross contamination of wells see NFM 3 3 8 Step 3 Purge the well and monitor field measurements DH a Calculate or estimate the well volume the depth to the bottom of the well and the inside casing diameter must be known 0 0408 x HD where V is volume in gallons H is height of water column D is the inside well diameter squared in inches b Begin pumping to purge the well according to study objectives Discharge the initial well water through the waste line until sediment is cleared from the flow e Supply well pumps commonly are either on or off with no variable speed capability To regulate the flow use a mani forld with a needle valve if possible e Open any additional valves or taps faucets to ensure that the pump will operate continuously and reduce the p
190. f acid titrant added from the initial pH to the carbonate equivalence point near pH 8 3 in milliliters To convert from digital counts to milliliters divide by 800 1 00 mL 800 counts NOTE For samples with pH gt 9 2 these equations for bicarbonate and carbonate will fail to give accurate results Use the Alkalinity Calculator at http oregon usgs gov alk or PCFF HACH CARTRIDGE CORRECTION FACTOR END H20 TEMP C END H20 TEMP oc See OWQ WaQl Note 2005 02 for info FIRST TITRATION RESULTS SECOND TITRATION RESULTS pH meter Meter make model S N calibration DATE DATE Saee Electrode No Type gel Slope Milli BEGIN TIME END TIME BEGIN TIME END TIME liui volts iquid ALKALINITY ANC meq L ALKALINITY ANC meq L other ALKALINITY ANC mg L AS CACO ALKALINITY ANC mg L AS CACOs pH buffer Buffer Theoretical pH pH temp pH from table before After BICARBONATE mg L meq L as HCO BICARBONATE mg L ____meq L as HCOs adj adj CARBONATE mg L meq L AS CO 3 CARBONATE ____ mg L__ _s meq L AS C032 pH7 ACID 1 6N 0 16N 0 01639N ACID 1 6N 0 164 0 01639 __ OTHER OTHER Check LoT No LoT No pH __ ACID EXPIRATION DATE ACID EXPIRATION DATE Comments Calculations SAMPLE VOLUME mL SAMPLE VOLUME mL FILTERED UNFILTERED FILTERED UNFILTERED METHOD INFLECTION POINT GRAN METHOD INFLECTION POINT GRAN FIXED ENDPOINT FIXED ENDPOIN
191. f water quality samples obtained from wells Ground Water v 31 no 5 p 805 813 Reilly T E and LeBlanc D R 1998 Experimental evaluation of factors affecting temporal variability of water samples obtained from long screened wells Ground Water v 36 no 4 p 566 576 Ronen D Magaritz M and Molz F J 1991 Comparison between natural and forced gradient tests to determine the vertical distribution of horizontal transport properties of aquifers Water Resources Research v 27 no 6 91WR00332 1309 1314 Ronen Daniel Magaritz Mordeckai and Levy Itzhak 1987 An in situ multilevel sampler for preventive monitoring and study of hydrochemical profiles in aquifers Ground Water Monitoring and Remediation Fall 1987 p 69 74 Ronen D Magaritz M Weber U and Amiel A J 1992 Characterization of suspended particles collected in groundwater under natural gradient flow conditions Water Resources Research no 91 WR02978 p 1269 1291 Sandstrom M W 1990 Sampling requirements for organic contaminants in American Water Works Association Annual Conference Cincinnati Ohio Management Challenges of New Monitoring Requirements for Organic Chemicals American Water Works Association Seminar Proceedings p 71 85 Schalla R 1996 Purge water minimization at LEHR Richland Wash Pacific Northwest National Laboratory PNNL 11406 variously paged Shapiro A M 2002 Cautions and suggestions for geochemical
192. ffervescent waters or samples collected for dissolved gas analysis should use a Kemmerer or other sampling device designed to maintain ambient pressure Collect CFCs and SF samples using the procedures described on the USGS Reston Chlorofluorocarbon website http water usgs gov lab accessed July 2006 gt Check that all equipment connections and fittings are airtight Use of sampling equipment The type of equipment used for well purging and sample withdrawal can affect the quality of the sample and how the data are interpreted Samples of ground water from monitor wells generally are withdrawn using a submersible pump a peristaltic or valveless metering pump or a point sampler such as a bailer thief sampler or syringe supply well pumps generally are permanently installed and should not be removed unless absolutely necessary and with the owner s permission NFM 2 Equipment to be used for sampling the materials of construction and the manner of operation must be checked against the list of target analytes and the characteristics of the well in order to determine whether the equipment is appropriate to meet study requirements Select and prepare equipment using the guidelines and protocols described in NFM 2 3 and 6 and shown on figure 4 10 gt The sample wetted parts of the equipment must be constructed of materials that will not contaminate the sample with respect to target analytes NFM 2 Collect an equipment
193. g increments rate water Step5 Step 6 gt AR p gt Clean samples equipment 5 NFM 3 Voces Reh aI ae era Be sure that the field effort is adequately staffed and equipped Check QC requirements before departing QC samples require additional equipment and supplies Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 51 Example Sampler D95 nozzle size 3 16 inches ID inside diameter 1 liter sampler bottle width 57 feet maximum depth 12 feet maximum velocity 6 1 feet per second ft s width of section containing 20 percent of flow is variable 5 to 22 feet 20 percent of flow per section will give 5 sampling verticals transit rate variable 0 2 to 0 8 ft s 100 80 E gt BE 3 Bo dete eee eee eee eee ze oz 9 u 40 c 20 0 Each bottle should contain approximately equal volumes DEPTH IN FEET Sampling Increment Mean Transit rate to vertical centroid from Increment velocity give 800 bottle Percent left edge of depth in feet per milliliters in feet number discharge water in feet in feet second per second 1 5 20 14 6 2 5 0 2 2 5 20 28 10 3 0 0 4 3 5 20 38 12 3 1 0 5 4 5 20 45 10 6 1 0 8 5 5 20 51 4 8 0 5 Figure 4 5 Equal
194. g rate of a supply well the field person may need to set up a hose and valve sys tem to control the rate at which water is sampled and to reduce the likelihood of back flow of water stored in plumbing lines Check well access for water level measurements The construction of some supply wells makes water level measurements difficult or impossible Although it is often possible to slip a weighted steel or electric well tape below the pump to get a water level measurement the pump can be damaged if the weight or tape becomes entangled in the pump The weight should be attached so that it will snap off of the tape under stress Water levels can be estimated through the air line on some wells Sometimes field personnel are permitted to remove the pump from the well to get a mea surement however pump removal can be difficult and time consuming is potentially unsafe and could damage the pump A note should be made in the well file if there is no access for a depth measurement Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 78 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES NWIS files USGS policy requires that specific information collected for each ground water sampling site and event will be stored in one or more sub systems of NWIS USGS Office of Water Quality OWQ Office of Ground Water OGW Technical Memorandum 2006 01 In addition paper docu ments such as agreements between the well
195. geologic unit code provides important information for interpretation of ground water data QWDATA contains 1 results of field and laboratory water quality sample analyses and measurements 2 non continuous water level data and 3 other data related to water quality samples or sample analyses Gellenbeck 2005 A subset of the information entered into GWSI is entered into QWDATA as appropriate to meet the needs of the study USGS OWQ OGW Technical Memorandum 2006 01 ADAPS contains continuous records of water levels and water quality Bartholoma 2003 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 79 gt Field Folder The field folder contains information that is necessary or useful to have onsite during the field effort and includes a well file for the well at which data will be collected fig 4 7 well file is established for each well selected or installed for the study The well file is the repository of the informa tion compiled for the well and it should contain documenta tion for site selection well inventory well installation and sample collection The field folder fig 4 8 is taken along on each site visit and includes site location maps and a site sketch fig 4 9 Files taken to the field should not contain original data records To prepare location maps and site sketches 1 Locate the ground water site i
196. gh e for each depth to be sampled in that vertical section If a second sample from a different depth or vertical section will be composited either 1 clean and field rinse the splitter after processing the first sample and before collecting the second sample or 2 use another clean splitter g Move to the next site if another vertical section will be sampled Repeat steps a through f Step 4B Pump sampler a Lower the pump or pump sample tubing attached to a weighted line to the desired sampling depth b Turn on the pump and pump about three sample tubing volumes to field rinse the pump tubing and other sample collection or processing equipment Discard rinse water c Direct sample flow into collection container s until sufficient sample volume has been collected d Repeat Step 4B steps a through c if another depth and or vertical section is to be sampled If a second sample from a different depth or vertical section will be composited either 1 clean and field rinse the splitter after processing the first sample and before collecting the second sample or 2 use another clean splitter Step 5 Process samples Refer to NFM 5 Step 6 Clean equipment Refer to NFM 3 e Ifthe sampler will not be reused during a field trip rinse the sampler components with deionized water DIW before they dry and place them in a plastic bag for transporting back to the office laboratory to be cleaned e Ifthe sample
197. ght be necessary to accomplishing specific data quality requirements or study objectives must be based on referenced research and good field judgment and be quality assured and documented Recommended recommend recommended recommendation pertains to USGS protocols and indicates that on the basis of research and or consensus the USGS Office of Water Quality recognizes one or several acceptable alternatives for selecting equipment or procedures Specific data quality requirements study objectives or other constraints might affect the choice of recommended equipment or procedures Selection from among the alternatives must be based on referenced research and good field judgment and reasons for the selection should be documented Departure from or modifications to recommended procedures must be quality assured and documented Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Introduction 10 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES FIELD MANUAL REVIEW AND REVISION Chapters of the National Field Manual are reviewed revised and reissued periodically to correct any errors incorporate technical advances and address additional topics Comments or corrections can be mailed to NFM QW USGS 412 National Center Reston VA 20192 or by e mail to nfm owq usgs gov Newly published and revised chapters are posted the USGS Web page National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data The URL for this page is http pubs water usgs
198. ght have been captured because of excessive streambed disturbance during sample collection If such a condition is observed discard the sample making sure there are no residual particulates left in the container and resample iii Depending on data objectives either composite the samples collected or set aside each sample to be independently processed and analyzed f pumped samples will be composited pump the samples directly into the churn splitter If transferring the subsample to a churn or cone splitter ensure that all particulates in the sampler are transferred with the sample by swirling the sample gently to keep particulates suspended and pouring the sample quickly into a sample splitter Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 66 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES e After all the samples have been collected Record sampling end time and gage height For automated samplers record beginning and ending dates and times for the sampling period Retrieve samples from automated pumping samplers at the earliest possible time to reduce the chance of chemical or biological alteration of the sample Automatic samplers with refrigeration are available to help maintain sample integrity Samples collected by automatic samplers often are combined as a composite sam ple e Document all field observations and any deviations from standard sampling procedures Step 4 Process samples Refer
199. gov twri9A The page contains links to an errata page and to the chapters of the National Field Manual Information regarding the status and any errata of this or other chapters can be found near the beginning of the Web page for each chapter Near the bottom of each chapter s Web page are links to archived versions ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The information included in this chapter of the National Field Manual is based on earlier manuals various reference documents and a broad spectrum of colleague expertise Individuals in the USGS too numerous to mention by name developed the field and training manuals that provided the foundation for information on the collection and processing of water samples and others have contributed through peer and editorial reviews to the technical quality of this document Editorial assistance provided by Iris M Collies and production assistance from Loretta J Ulibarri have been indispensible in maintaining and enhancing the quality of this report The current editor owes a debt of gratitude to the original team of authors Dean B Radtke Rick T Iwatsubo Jacob Gibs Wayne W Webb and Roger W Lee and to the following scientists who provided technical review and who contributed significantly to the accuracy quality and usability of this report Andrew Arnsberg Bruce A Bernard William L Cunningham Ron G Fay Sarah Flanagan Jacob Gibs Kathleen K Fitzgerald Henry M Johnson Michael S Lico Jeffrey D Martin
200. graphs of well and vicinity with measuring sampling points identified Land use land cover form Lapham and others 1997 Figure 4 7 Example of a checklist for a well file Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 82 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES WELL FILE CHECKLIST Page 2 of 2 Item in well file Date item filed Water quality records for each sampling event for example purging field measurements field forms sampling history and copies of laboratory analyses requested Water level measurements current Water level measurements historical Record of well leveling survey Datum corrections Pumping schedule history Type of pump in well and location of intake Description of measuring point for water levels Description of collection point for samples from Supply wells Monitoring wells Other information for example geologic unit aquifer name Figure 4 7 Example of a checklist for a well file Continued Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 83 Field folder checklist ground water quality Y Item Comments Forms new forms and or examples of completed forms Permission forms must be signed by proper authority Analytical Services Request form s Ground water field form and well inventory form
201. hat cannot produce a continuously pumped sample or wells at which water level recovery takes longer than 24 hours after being pumped gt Wells at which purging will stir up bottom detritus that can bias analytical results This often is the case in wells having 5 ft or less of water Any reported interpretations of chemical analyses when sampling under such conditions must be clearly qualified and the well conditions documented gt Wells at which field measurements have not met stabilization criteria section 4 2 3 unless the study sampling and or quality assurance plans provide for alternative protocols gt Wells in which the water column within the sampling interval is in contact with and mixes with atmospheric gases unless the analytes of concern will not be affected gt Wells at which the water withdrawn must pass through holding tanks or chemical treatments Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 88 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Table 4 8 Considerations for maintaining the integrity of ground water samples Factors that can compromise sample integrity Time Chemical and microbial reactions that affect target analyte concentration can be rapid Loss of pressure Pressure in ground water can be much greater than atmospheric pressure As the sample is brought to land surface depressurization of the sample can cause changes in sample chemistry Leaching or sorptio
202. he blank water should be compared with the expected concentration in the environmental samples and with the detection limit of the laboratory method to be used for sample analysis The laboratory certificate of analysis for each lot of blank water should be kept on file with project records and the lot number s used for each sample should be recorded on field forms Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 137 Wear clean powderless disposable gloves and conform meticulously to other Clean Hands practices when working with blank solutions Table 4 12 Common types of blank samples and the questions they address QC quality control IBW inorganic grade blank water PBW pesticide grade blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade blank water Type Targeted Source s of Bias Field Sample collection processing transport process blank Basic QC sample Was my sample contaminated as a result of field activities and exposure Equip Sample collection and processing equipment system ment Topical QC sample Does an initial equipment assessment con blank firm the suitability of the equipment to provide samples within my data quality requirements Topical QC sample Is my equipment cleaning protocol ade quate Sampler Sampling device for example the D 95 sampler Fultz pump or blank peristaltic pump tubing
203. her detritus from the bottom of the well into the sample can result in data that do not represent the composition of native aquifer water To avoid this gt Lower the pump or other sampler slowly and smoothly to the desired point of sample intake that is without creating turbulence and without stirring up bottom detritus gt Keep the sampler intake far enough above the bottom of the well to avoid drawing in bottom detritus gt Maintain a pumping rate that is not so high as to draw in bottom detritus Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 WATER SAMPLES From the portable pump tubing used for a monitoring well or from the garden hose threaded connections for a water supply well RIGID WALL TEFLON TUBING Ej QUICK CONNECTION FIELD SENSORS o flow through chamber po Dissolved oxygen sensor T Temperature sensor pH pH sensor SC Specific electrical conductance sensor Q ANTIBACKSIPHON THREE WAY TEFLON FLOW VALVE modified from Koterba and others 1995 TBY Turbidity sensor if available Extension Extension line line optional Sample collection chamber 2b To waste water Manifold 2 1 drainage anifo system S Il Flowthrough To waste water drainage chamber FLOW REGULATING NEEDLE VALVE Keep valve either full on or full off do not use valve to adjust the proportion or rate of flow y FLOW DIRECTIO
204. ic depth integrating or nonisokinetic sampling methods At flowing water sites collection of an isokinetic depth integrated discharge weighted sample is standard procedure however site characteristics sampling equipment limitations or study objectives constrain how a sample is to be collected and could necessitate use of other methods If the QC plan calls for collection of concurrent samples then the relevant procedures and equipment needs section 4 3 must be reviewed before field work begins Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 34 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Isokinetic depth integrating methods section 4 1 3 A are designed to produce a discharge weighted velocity weighted sample that is each unit of stream discharge is equally represented in the sample either by dividing the stream cross section into intervals of equal width EWT or equal discharge EDI USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandum 99 02 The analyte concentrations determined in a discharge weighted sample are multiplied by the stream discharge to obtain the discharge of the analyte Jf used correctly and the sample is collected within the limi tations of the sampling device being used the EWI and EDI methods result in samples that have identical constituent concentrations gt Nonisokinetic sampling methods section 4 1 3 B such as those involving use of an automated point sampl
205. ication number REA 20 25 inise Example well location description and information Well KEBe61 latitude 39 18 03 longitude 75 55 52 is located in the Galena 7 5 min quadrangle about 2 miles south of Locust Grove MD on Locust Grove Centerville Road The well is the most southern of the three well cluster on the west side of Locust Grove Road just southwest of telephone pole REA 20 25 This USGS well was installed on 5 5 85 is constructed of 2 inch diameter PVC is 50 5 ft deep and has a steel protective casing with a USGS lock Contact property owner at ___ ____ one day before sampling Figure 4 9 Example of A site and well location maps and B well site sketch Continued Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 86 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 2 2 CONSIDERATIONS FOR COLLECTING REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES AT WELLS The study team must ensure that the wells to be sampled will yield sam ples that accurately represent the water chemistry of the hydrogeologic system targeted for study To help prevent data biases that could compro mise study objectives field personnel must be aware of how specific well characteristics and field activities can affect sample chemistry These con siderations are addressed as follows gt Table 4 8 summarizes factors that can compromise sample integrity and general strategies for maintaining the integrity of ground water samples
206. ill be measured APP B3 4 2 Well depth measurement e eeee eere ee eerte eterne APP B5 A4 B 3 Water level measurement by a Steel ril seses APP B9 b Electric APP B13 4 4 Water level measurement by the air line method APP B17 A4 B 5 Water level measurement at flowing wells using low pressure and high pressure methods APP B21 A4 B 6 Sample of the U S Geological Survey Ground Water Quality Notes field form eeeeeee sees seen eerte eee tn ana APP B25 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 5 Appendix A4 C Quality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies ssccccscsssssssssssseeeees APP C1 Blank enge Replicate samples Reference spike and blind samples APP C6 Appendix A4 D Examples from the National Water Quality Assessment Program related to protocols for collecting blank samples at ground water sampling sites APP DI 1 Example of procedure to estimate and collect field volumes of blank solutions eere APP D2 2 Example of procedure to collect blank samples with a submersible water quality pump APP D3 Illus
207. indicate a closed circuit For an electric tape with multiple indicators sound and light for instance confirm that the indicators operate simultaneously If they do not operate simultaneously determine which is the most accurate and use that one 3 Inspect the electric tape before using it in the field a Check the tape for wear kinks frayed electrical connections and possible stretch the cable jacket tends to be subject to wear and tear b Testthat the battery and replacement batteries are fully charged 4 Place any previous measured water level data for the well into the field folder 5 After reaching the field site check that the measuring point MP is clearly marked on the well and is accurately described in the well file or field folder If a new measuring point needs to be estab lished follow the procedures in Appendix A4 B 1 but do not use paint or create casing material filings until after sampling has been completed to avoid sample contamination Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B15 6 Prepare the Gound Water Level Notes and Water Level Data for GWSI field forms fig B1 The measurement process will be repeated at least twice and recorded in the respective column refer to the unshaded portion of the box at the upper right of fig B1 Record the time of measurement using the column headed 1 for the initial set of me
208. ine the equal discharge increment centroid locations based on cumulative discharge and far midpoint stationing from Edwards and Glysson 1999 p 45 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 55 Example In this example each EDI equals 20 percent of discharge i If the stream cross section will be divided into five equal discharge increments divide stream discharge by five to determine the discharge increment ii Locate the centroid of the initial EDI where cumulative discharge equals half the discharge increment 10 percent This is the location of the vertical from which the first subsample is collected iii Locate each of the remaining centroids four in this example by adding the discharge increment 20 percent to the previous centroid discharge 20 10 30 and determining where that cumulative discharge occurs along the cross section iv The EDI centroids will correspond to locations of 10 30 50 70 and 90 percent of the cumulative discharge along the cross section In figure 4 5 these percentages of cumulative discharges correspond to locations at 14 28 38 45 and 51 ft from the left edge of the water whereas in figure 4 6 the centroid locations of the equal discharge increments are at 26 50 74 102 and 134 ft TECHNICAL NOTE If the stream channel is stable at the cross section to be sampled graphs of cumulati
209. ing water samples from supply wells with permanently installed pumps eter rete eerte eee ee eee en stets eateno 115 4 11 Common sources of contamination related to field activities eee eee ee aaa oe eei Ia aV auae aeo 135 4 12 Common types of blank samples and the questions they ger 137 Note The citation for this version of chapter A4 of the National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data is U S Geological Survey September 2006 Collection of Water Samples ver 2 0 U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations book 9 chap A4 accessed list the date from http pubs water usgs gov twri9A U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 7 Chapter A4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Revised 2006 Franceska D Wilde Editor ABSTRACT The National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data National Field Manual describes protocols and provides guidelines for U S Geological Survey USGS personnel who collect data that are used to assess the quality of the Nation s surface water and ground water resources This chapter addresses preparations and appropriate methods for the collection of surface water ground water and associated quality control samples Among the topics covered are considerations and procedures to prevent sample contamina
210. ion Dublin Ohio National Water Well Association p 257 262 Unwin J and Maltby V 1988 Investigations of techniques for purging ground water monitoring wells and sampling ground water for volatile organic compounds in Ground Water Contamination Field Methods Philadelphia American Society for Testing and Materials U S Environmental Protection Agency 1980 Samplers and sampling procedures for hazardous waste stream Cincinnati Ohio Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory EPA 600 2 80 018 70 p U S Environmental Protection Agency 1982a Sampling protocols for collecting surface water bed sediment bivalves and fish for priority pollutant analysis Washington D C Final Draft Report Office of Water Regulations and Standards Monitoring and Data Support Division U S Environmental Protection Agency 1982b Handbook for sampling and sample preservation of water and wastewater Environment Monitoring and Support Laboratory Cincinnati Ohio EPA 600 4 82 029 402 p U S Environmental Protection Agency 1983 Addendum to handbook for sampling and sample preservation of water and wastewater Cincinnati Ohio Environment Monitoring and Support Laboratory EPA 600 4 83 039 28 p U S Environmental Protection Agency 1986 RCRA groundwater monitoring technical enforcement guidance document Washington D C OSWER 9950 1 U S Environmental Protection Agency 1987 A compendium of Superfund field operations methods
211. is a continuous process the information in this chapter overlaps somewhat with that of NFM 5 For USGS studies ground water samples typically are collected either at monitor wells or at public or domestic water supply wells gt Monitor wells are observation wells that are installed principally for the collection of water samples to assess the physical chemical and biological characteristics of formation aquifer water Samples from monitor wells are collected either with portable low capacity pumps or with other types of sampling devices designed for water quality work Sampling devices can be dedicated for use at a given well or can be installed in the well for the duration of the monitoring effort The terms monitor well and monitoring well are used interchangeably in this field manual lH Ground water samples collected using passive or natural gradient methods or direct push or cone penetrometer systems are not addressed in this chapter Observation wells are wells or piezometers that are installed usually without a dedicated pump for the purpose of collecting hydrologic data The term generally has been applied to wells installed to observe and determine hydrologic characteristics of an aquifer Lapham and others 1997 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 74 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Water supply wells are wells that are installed primarily for supply of p
212. ise sample integrity Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 93 gt Be aware that pumping at any rate draws water preferentially from the most transmissive intervals whether in fractured rock or unconsolidated media Since the wellbore has a much higher hydraulic conductivity than the formation the sample collected represents a flux weighted average of the various inflow locations and the location of the pump intake does not affect this result A M Shapiro U S Geological Survey written commun 2006 Gibs and others 2000 Reilly and LeBlanc 1998 Gibs and others 1993 Reilly and Gibs 1993 gt The rate of pumping during purging should remain constant and be maintained as the pumping rate for sample withdrawal and collection Fluctuations in pumping rate affect sample quality Gibs and others 2000 Low yield wells A yield of at least 1 gal 3 75 L per minute without causing drawdown of about 2 ft or more below the top of the open or screened interval is recommended for adequate sampling at monitor wells with a diameter of 2 in or greater Lapham and others 1997 Wells that yield less than 100 mL min frequently incur substantial drawdown during well purg ing Low yielding wells especially those that exhibit slow recovery or are pumped dry are not recommended for water quality sam pling Situations may occur however that necessitate use of s
213. isokinetic samples at each centroid Do not exceed the maximum transit rate Appendix A4 A The maximum transit rate will be exceeded if the minimum sample volume associated with stream velocity and the selected nozzle and bottle size is not collected Exceeding the maximum transit rate will affect the concentration of particulates gt 0 062 millimeters Step 4 Collect sample water The procedures are the same whether you are wading or using a reel and cable suspension method Use CH DH techniques as required section 4 0 2 and implement safety procedures NFM 9 gt Collect microbiological samples using equipment and techniques as described in 7 gt Collect subsamples at EDI centroids as many times as necessary to ensure collection of sufficient sample volume for analysis If the sample is to be composited care must be taken to obtain approximately the same total volume 10 percent from each EDI centroid so that the composited cross sectional sample will be proportional to flow at the time of sampling gt Stay within the isokinetic transit rate range of the sampler at each centroid If flow velocity is less than the isokinetic transit rate range of the sampler a discharge weighted sample still can be obtained by collecting equal volumes at each centroid however this sample will not be isokinetic a Move sampling and support equipment to the centroid of the first increment to be sampled Field rinse
214. ix A4 A The transit rate the rate at which the sampler is lowered or raised used to collect an isokinetic depth integrated sample is mainly a function of the nozzle diameter of the sampler volume of the sampler container stream velocity and sam pling depth Appendix A4 A The maximum allowable transit rate for a bag sampler is 0 4 multipied by the mean stream velocity error in concentrations of suspended particulates coarser than 62 mm can be important when the velocity of the sam ple entering the nozzle and the stream velocity differ signifi cantly Too fast a transit rate will cause a sampler to undersample sand sized particulates Edwards and Glysson 1999 The transit rate must be kept constant during sampler descent through a vertical and also during sampler ascent through a vertical The number of increments needed in order to get a discharge weighted sample at a site is related primarily to data objectives for example the accuracy needed and how well mixed or heterogeneous the stream is with respect to the physical chemical and biological characteristics of the cross section The recommended number of increments for EWI and EDI methods are discussed in the sections to follow Edwards and Glysson 1999 describe a statistical approach for selecting the number of increments to be used based on sampling error and suspended sedi ment characteristics Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 200
215. k 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 91 Selection of the appropriate well design depends on study objectives For example if samples withdrawn from an unconfined aquifer will be analyzed for volatile organic compounds dissolved gases or trace metals the top of the screened or open interval should be located far enough below the lowest anticipated position of the water table 3 ft 1 m or more so that the screened interval will not be intersected by the water table during drawdown The purpose of this design is to avoid gaseous diffusion into the sample from a partially saturated or open interval On the other hand the well might be designed specifically to screen across the water table to better assess the thickness of oil or other light non aqueous phase liquids LNAPL floating on the water surface Deterioration of the well structure The integrity of the well s construction can deteriorate or the well can silt in over time The structural integrity of monitor wells and their hydraulic connection with the aquifer should be checked at least annually or as described below Check ing well integrity should be scheduled to occur during a nonsampling site visit if possible If the well integrity will be checked during a sampling field trip do this only after completing sample collection to avoid stirring up particulates that could enter the sample and cause a bias in analysis of trace metals polychlorobiphenyls PCBs or other analyte
216. k samples blanks for trace element analysis have a unique NWQL schedule of analysis different from that of the environmental sample 3The description of a QC sample depends to some extent on the purpose for which it is collected The purpose for the QC sample can govern the mode of its collection processing and treatment and the equipment to which it is exposed Purposes for a specific type of QC sample are varied Analysis of all QC samples includes the bias and variability introduced from shipping and laboratory handling and analysis of the sample 4For USGS studies obtain spike solutions in spike kits for pesticide and volatile organic compound analyses from the USGS National Field Supplies Service NFSS through One Stop Shopping 9 ddV SWTIdWVS YALVM AO NOLLOXTIOO COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP D1 APPENDIX A4 D Examples from the National Water Quality Assessment Program Related to Protocols for Collecting Blank Samples at Ground Water Sampling Sites Modified from Koterba and others 1995 Table 1 Example of procedure to estimate and collect field volumes of blank solutions Table 2 Example of procedure to collect blank samples with a submersible water quality pump Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP D2 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APPENDIX A4 D Table 1 Example of procedure to estimate and collect field volumes of blank solutions Modified from Koterba and
217. l for collecting samples for analysis of sediment and selected chemical constituents at stations located on streams or other locations susceptible to flash floods or where it is other wise difficult to reach a station to manually collect samples Edwards and Glysson 1999 Before single stage samplers can be installed some knowledge of the seasonal stage characteris tics of the stream is needed so that an appropriate sequence of samples can be obtained for a given storm season The stream stage and flow velocity characteristics not only affect the design with respect to the vertical spacing of the samplers but also the support necessary for the samplers Inter Agency Committee on Water Resources Subcommittee on Sedimentation 1961 The Single Stage Sampler for Suspended Sediment St Anthony Falls Hydraulic Laboratory Report 13 These samplers have not been certified as appropriate for collection of uncontaminated trace element or trace organic samples gt Pump sampling method Pump sampling involves either suction lift or submersible pump systems designed to collect water quality samples NFM 2 1 1 B Pump systems can be portable or can be permanently installed and automated for sampling see TECHNICAL NOTE below Pump samplers generally are not used to collect isokinetic sam ples because of the difficulty in controlling the sample velocity through the sampler intake relative to the flow rate and direction of suspended particula
218. l with respect to study objectives flowthrough chamber tubing can be of any material if used only in connection with field measurements Keep the discharge end of the sample tubing sealed until use Tubing used solely to discharge purge water to waste can be of any material garden hose for example but must be long enough to transport wastewater away from the work area Step 2 Measure water level DH Procedures and equipment for water level measurement depend on well type and construction and the presence of nonaqueous liquid phases Important considerations and method limitations are described in Appendix A4 B a Put on gloves if chalking a steel tape Using a weighted steel or electric tape in a nonpumping well measure water level to the nearest 0 01 ft for wells lt 200 ft to water starting at the permanent measuring reference point Repeat the measurement until precision is within 0 02 ft U S Geological Survey 1980 At wells deeper than 200 ft calculate the compensation factor to account for streching of the tape e Do not allow the well tape to contact the ground before insert ing it into the well e Care must be taken not to entangle the well tape in the pump discharge pipe or intake e Do not use lead weights use stainless steel or other noncon taminating material An unweighted tape might be necessary if the weight cannot fit past the pump apparatus e At some supply wells the water level only can be
219. ld notes and on field forms as appropriate DH c Check site for hazardous conditions NFM 9 DH e Test for toxic fumes if the well is in an enclosed structure or if there is reason to suspect the presence of organic vapors e Examine the area for evidence of animal infestation and other potential safety hazards d Prepare an area to be used for field cleaning of equipment DH Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 117 e Set up equipment and instruments for field measurements and ground water withdrawl DH Calibrate field measurement instruments DH Refer to NFM 6 for calibration information and instructions e Wearing disposable gloves set up the sample processing and sample preservation chambers usually in the water quality field vehicle Change gloves Place the filter unit and other supplies that will be needed for the first sample into their respective chambers CH f Spread clean plastic sheeting polypropylene tarp for example on the ground around the well to keep sampling equipment the well tape and sample tubing off of the ground Prepare area to be used for field cleaning of equipment DH Take care not to trample on the sheeting g Determine the location and method of tubing hookup to the well Connect sample tubing as close as possible to the wellhead DH i There must be no water storage tanks holding or
220. le Data description number for Description data entry into GWSI of code Agency code C4 USGS Station Identification Number Cl 394224075340501 Latitude longitude sequence no Station Name C12 KE Be 61 Latitude C9 394224 Longitude C10 0753405 Country C41 US Lat Long Accuracy Cll S seconds Lat Long Method C35 M Map Lat Long Datum C36 NAD83 Time Zone C813 EST Daylight Savings Time Flag C814 Y Yes USGS Water Science Center User C6 24 Maryland State C7 10 Delaware County C8 003 Sussex Station Type C802 6 Well Data Reliability C3 C Field Checked Site Type C2 W Well Use of site C23 O Observation Required information for storage of sample analyses in the water quality subsystem QWDATA Alpha parameter Sample data Doradsecription code Description of code Agency code AGNCY USGS Station Identification Number STAID 394224075340501 Sample Medium MEDIM 6 ground water Sample Type STYPE 2 blank sample Hydrologic Hydro Event EVENT 9 routine sample Hydrologic Hydro Condition HSTAT A not determined Date year month day DATES 20060909 Time standard 24 hour clock time TIMES 1530 hrs Analysis Status ASTAT H initial entry Analysis Source ASRCE 9 USGS laboratory and field Numerous additional data fields are available GWSI and QWDATA that can be useful for data analysis or mandatory for meeting study objectives for example indicating
221. ler samples appear in the steps below Steps for nonisokinetic sampling methods Step 1 Prepare for sampling Step 4 o Process samples NFM 5 Step 2 Select sampling locations o Step 3 gt Collect sample water Step 5 Clean equipment NFM 3 Be sure that the field effort is adequately staffed and equipped Check QC requirements before departing QC samples require additional equipment and supplies Step 1 Prepare for sampling for inorganic and organic analytes a Upon arrival at the field site set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs Park vehicle in a location and direction so as to prevent sample contamination from vehicle emissions Preparations for water sampling are described in NFM 2 and 3 Consult NFM 5 for sample processing NFM 6 for field measurements NFM 7 for biological indicators NFM 8 for bottom material sampling and NFM 9 for field safety Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 64 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES b Assemble equipment and set up a clean work space e Organic compounds Select equipment with fluorocarbon polymer glass or metal components if components will directly contact samples to be analyzed for organic com pounds Do not use plastics unless they are fluorocarbon polymers e Inorganic constituents Select equipment with components
222. liter 9 S e 26 slowest 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 000 2 26 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 44 46 4 8 5 0 710 Ed 28 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 12 1 2 1 3 3 000 i 28 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 1 6 1 8 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 44 46 48 5 0 760 lt 30 slowest 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 4 3 000 2 30 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 820 3o festes 08 1012 14 16 18 22124 26128130 320134136 98 40424446 jas S07 j BAD D 35 slowest 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 14 1 5 1 5 1 6 3 000 e 35 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 40 42 44 46 48 5 0 950 40 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 24 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 090 50 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 360 c 60 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 22 2 4 26 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 630 70 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0 1 900 0 p 0 8
223. lly is wisest to collect additional QC samples and decide later whether to have them analyzed gt Collect field QC samples at approximately the same time as environmental samples are collected using the same equipment gt Document in the field log as complete a description of the sampling event as possible Include how when where and why the QC sample was collected and observations about site or sampling conditions gt Implement the prescribed procedures for equipment cleaning and QC sample collection and processing Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 135 gt Use chemical preservatives from the same lot number for a given set of environmental and associated QC samples Record the preservative lot number on field forms and in field notes gt Store QC data in an electronic data base devoted to QC data For USGS studies this should be a QC designated data base within NWIS Use Good Field Practices table 4 2 and Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques table 4 3 when collecting and processing OC samples Table 4 11 Common sources of contamination related to field activities SPMDs semi permeable membrane devices DIW deionized distilled water of ASTM grade one or better DEET N N diethyl meta toluamide the active ingredient commonly used in insect repellents Contaminant source type Examples Sampling environment
224. locities are less than the isokinetic transit rate range requirement discharge weighted sample can be obtained but the sample will not always be isokinetic or The EWI sampling method cannot be used For example isokinetic samples cannot be collected because stream velocities and depths vary so much that the isokinetic requirements of the sampler are not met at several sampling verticals or Stage is changing rapidly EDI requires less sampling time than EWI provided the locations of the sampling verticals can be determined quickly Fewer increments are necessary resulting in a shortened sampling time provided the locations of sampling verticals can be determined quickly and constituents are adequately mixed in the increment Sampling during rapidly changing stages is facilitated by the shorter sampling time Subsamples making up a sample set may be analyzed separately or may be proportionally composited with the rest of the cross sectional sample The cross sectional variation in constituent discharge can be determined if subsample bottles are analyzed individually A greater range in velocity and depths can be sampled isokinetically at a cross section The total composite volume of the sample is known and can be adjusted before sampling begins Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 39 Di
225. logical characteristics of the water body Ward and Harr 1990 Thief type samplers usually are used to collect still water samples however pumping samplers also can be used A disadvantage of collecting a sample by pumping is that if a thin stratum of water is being sampled water can move radially from unknown depths and distances into the pump gt Samples must be collected at a known depth gt Sample integrity must be maintained to the degree possible while samples are being brought to the surface for further processing Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 69 Steps for sampling at still water sites Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Prepare Locate Select Collect for sampling sampling sample sampling site depths water Steps Step6 m Process p gt Clean samples equipment NFM5 NFM 3 Be sure that the field effort is adequately staffed and equipped Check QC requirements before departing QC samples require additional equipment and supplies Step 1 Prepare for sampling of inorganic and organic analytes a Upon arrival at the field site set out safety equipment such as traffic cones and signs Park vehicle so as to prevent sample contamination from emissions b Assemble equipment and set up a clean work space e Organic compounds Select equip
226. lts are shown to be reliable e If more than two readings are taken record the average of all readings 8 In some pumped wells a layer of oil may float on the water sur face e If the oil layer is a foot thick read the tape at the top of the oil mark and use this data for the water level measurement instead of the wetted chalk mark The measurement will differ slightly from the water level that would be measured were the oil not present e If several feet of oil are present in the well or if it is necessary to know the thickness of the oil layer a commercially avail able water detector paste can be used that will detect the pres ence of water in the oil Apply the paste to the lower end of the tape The top of the oil shows as a wet line and the top of the water shows as a distinct color change Since oil density is about three quarters that of water the water level can be esti mated by adding the thickness of the oil layer times its density to the oil water interface elevation 9 Record water level data to the nearest 0 01 foot Record USGS water level data on field forms kept in the field folder and in GWSI using the appropriate method code s fig B1 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B12 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 10 After completing the water level measurement clean the exposed portion of the tape using the procedures described in NFM 3 3 8 To prevent microbial
227. ly will be analyzed for nutrient or major ion concentrations additional purging is not necessary e Purging immediately before sampling is recommended if samples for trace elements and volatile organic compounds will be collected c When the water runs clear divert flow to the flowthrough chamber for field measurements unless a downhole instrument is in use Once the flow is constant see instructions in step b begin monitoring field measurements refer to NFM 6 for detailed instructions in addition record the number of well volumes being discharged the start and end times of purging the pumping rate water level and location of the pump intake fig 4 12 e To control the flow rate from the maniford use a flow regulating valve such as a faucet or needle valve e Keep three way valves either completely open or closed par tially open three way valves can create a vacuum or air bub bles and can draw in contaminating water Do not use a two or three way valve to regulate the flow e Recommended To ensure a representative sample maintain the water level in the well above the screened or open interval Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 121 d As the final well volume commonly the third well volume is purged calculate the final pumping rate and record on field forms at least five sets of field measurements determined at regularly s
228. maximum volume Safe full volume The transit rate that will result in a volume in a bottle sampler such that if the sampler nozzle is tipped 10 degrees down from the horizontal no sample will spill from the nozzle Fastest The transit rate that is the fastest rate to avoid compression problems in bottle sam plers or to not exceed a transit rate that is more than 0 4 times the stream velocity for bag sam plers Isokinetic transit rates and volumes for a US DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a a 3 16 inch nozzle b 1 4 inch nozzle c 5 16 inch nozzle Isokinetic transit rates and volumes for a US D 96 sampler 3 liter bag with a a 3 16 inch nozzle b 1 4 inch nozzle c 5 16 inch nozzle Isokinetic transit rates and volumes for a US D 99 sampler 6 liter bag with a a 1 4 inch nozzle b 5 16 inch nozzle Filling times in seconds for isokinetic samplers a US DH 81 b US DH 95 c US D 95 d US DH 2 e US D 96 f US D 96 1 g US D 99 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP A3 APPENDIX A4 A Table 1a Isokinetic transit rates for a 1 liter bottle sampler with a 3 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter not applicable Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet p
229. meaurements include pH temperature specific electrical conductance dissolved oxygen and turbidity Inherent in the purge procedure is an assumption that stabili zation of field properties indicates that the discharge water represents ambient formation water Field personnel should examine this assump tion for each well using their knowledge of the well and aquifer hydraulics Review of the purging history including physical and chemical data monitored can save time and help determine how the well should be purged DPassive sampling methods may not require purging of the well prior to sample collection Vroblesky 2001 Powell and Puls 1993 and Ronen and others 1987 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 104 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt When calculating a purge volume for a cased well Include an estimate for the volume of water stored in the annular space between the casing and borehole wall using knowledge of the borehole diameter It is mandatory to evac uate at least one borehole volume that is casing volume plus that of the annular space whether that space has been backfilled with formation materials or with a gravel pack Make the calculation of casing volume using the height of the water column to the bottom of the well instead of the water column height to the top of the screen gt The number of well volumes to be evacuated relies on confirming the time
230. ment with fluorocarbon poly mer glass or metal components if components will directly con tact samples to be analyzed for organic compounds Do not use plastics other than fluorocarbon polymers e Inorganic constituents Select equipment with components made of fluorocarbon polymer or other relatively inert and uncol ored plastics or glass if components will directly contact samples to be analyzed for inorganic constituents Do not use metal or rubber components for trace element sampling e Microbiological analyses Collect microbiological samples using equipment and techniques described in NFM 7 Step 2 Locate sampling site a Locate the first sampling point and maintain a sampling platform position at the site b Record depth to bottom 0preparations for water sampling are described in NFM 2 and 3 Consult NFM 5 for sample processing NFM 6 for field measurements NFM 7 for biological indicators NFM 8 for bottom material sampling and NFM 9 for field safety Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 70 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 3 Select sampling depths a Make field measurements such as specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen in situ to obtain a vertical profile of field measurement variation b Measure light penetration if applicable c Select and record sampling depth s based on study objectives and the variation in field mea
231. minimum information required for establishing electronic files in NWIS for surface water is listed in table 4 4 Individual studies and USGS Water Science Center offices may have additional data storage requirements gt Results of chemical water analyses are stored in the water quality file QWDATA of NWIS Gellenbeck 2005 gt The Automatic Data Processing System ADAPS contains continuous records of water levels and water quality Bartholoma 2003 Once the site location has been established gt Check the NWIS site file before each field trip gt Update the files promptly after the field trip gt Fill in information that is needed by or could be useful to the study in addition to the information shown on table 4 4 For guidance refer to Data Elements for Reporting Water Quality Results of Chemical and Microbiological Analyses http wi water usgs gov methods tools wqde accessed July 7 2006 gt If real time data are being served on the Web ensure that current policies and quality assurance measures are understood and implemented USGS Water Resources Policy Memorandum No 99 34 at http water usgs gov admin memo policy wrdpolicy99 34 html accessed July 7 2006 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 Before starting field work Make sure that the NWIS file has been established After field work Input updates to NWIS files promptly and have a
232. more commonly to water supply wells although exceptions for some monitor wells also have been described in the previous section Regardless of the purge procedure followed enough water must be withdrawn from the well to field rinse sampling equipment and to make measurements of field properties field measurements Purging and field measurement informa tion must be recorded either on electronic or paper field forms fig 4 12 Specific guidance for use of field measurement instruments is described in detail in NFM 6 Step 4 Withdraw the sample As arule pumping is the preferred method for withdrawal of ground water samples In this case purging and sample withdrawal form a continuous process Field measurements are monitored during purging with sample collection following immediately after final field measurements have been recorded Equipment is selected that channels flow in line to a field measurement chamber and then without stopping to a sample collection processing chamber the sample is never exposed to the atmosphere during this process fig 4 10 Depending on field conditions and study objectives samples may be withdrawn using a thief type sampler Lower and raise the sampler smoothly at a constant rate keeping the suspension line clean and off the ground A bailer or other thief type sampler generally is not recommended for trace element or volatile organic compound VOC sampling Bailing can mobilize particulates and u
233. mples from bodies of surface water and ground water The information provided covers topics fundamental to the collection of water samples that are representative of the ambient environment The information provided does not attempt to encompass the entire spectrum of data collection objectives site characteristics environmental conditions and technological advances related to water quality studies Also beyond the scope of this chapter is discussion of procedures to collect samples for analysis of suspended or biological materials Collection of data related to onsite measurements such as pH and alkalinity is addressed in NFM 6 while collection of biochemical and microbiological data is addressed in NFM 7 REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS As used in the National Field Manual the terms required and recommended have USGS specific meanings Required require required or requirements pertains to USGS protocols and indicates that USGS Office of Water Quality policy has been established on the basis of research and or consensus of the technical staff and has been reviewed by water quality specialists and other professionals who have the appropriate expertise Technical memorandums or other documents that define the policy pertinent to such requirements are referenced in this chapter USGS personnel are instructed to use required equipment or procedures as described herein Departure from or modifications to the stipulated requirements that mi
234. n Chemical substances can be leached from or sorbed by the equip ment that contacts the sample Exposure to the atmosphere Atmospheric gases and particulates that enter the sample can affect the water chemistry Temperature Ground water temperature is often lower than the atmospheric temperature at land surface As the sample is brought to land surface an increase in temperature can increase chemical reaction rates and microbial activity and cause degassing Strategies to maintain sample integrity Plan sampling at sites in a sequence that avoids contamination Start with pristine sites or those least contaminated or with lowest concentrations of dissolved solids or target ana lytes End at the site with the highest concentrations of target analytes Clean equipment Sample only with decontaminated equipment and quality assure the effi cacy of the cleaning procedures collect equipment blanks Purge the well of standing water Purge the well to reduce artifacts from well installation or sampler deployment If possible pump at a rate that does not overly stress the aquifer creating drawdown and mobilizing particulates Protocols for purging and pumping rate can depend on well type and study objectives Isolate the sample For example use packers downhole and processing and preservation chambers at land surface Avoid temperature changes Keep sample tubing as short as possible and shaded from direct sunlight Avoi
235. n NFM 2 1 1 B fig 2 2 If the sampler will not be used skip to step 7 a Do not clean or field rinse the glass VOC vials these are supplied by the laboratory ready to use b The VOC sampler must be cleaned after each use and field rinsed before use To field rinse the sampler either submerge it in the stream for several minutes or dowse it three times with native water before inserting the VOC vials 2 Change gloves In an area protected from any direct source of contamination preferably within a sample processing chamber uncap four 40 mL unlabeled VOC vials and place them into the VOC sampler Secure and lock the sampler top in position Store the vial caps in a clean protected area Lower the sampler into the stream near mid channel to about one half of the total depth at that vertical Add weights to the sampler if the stream velocity is great enough to pull the sampler downstream Use weights made of steel or other noncontaminating material do not use lead weights 4 Hold the sampler in one position until the sampler is full Air bubbles will rise to the surface while the sampler is being filled but may be difficult to see This takes about 3 to 4 minutes The sample will be retained in the vials during the last 15 to 20 seconds of sampling 5 Remove the sampler when bubbles are no longer present or after about 5 minutes and return it to the sample processing chamber or other protected area 6 Open
236. n for access to and collection of samples and data from the well Table 4 10 Advantages and disadvantages of collecting water samples from supply wells with permanently installed pumps Advantages Cost of well and pump installation is not a factor Samples from domestic and municipal wells for studies of the quality of potable water supplies are collected directly from the resource being studied Pumps are dedicated to the site therefore cross contamination of other wells from pumping equipment is not a problem and field time and effort otherwise expended in operating and cleaning portable pumps can be allocated to other tasks In service supply wells generally require a minimal amount of purging at the time of sampling Disadvantages The well and the open or screened intervals might not isolate the aquifer zone where water quality information is needed Materials of well and pump construction may affect concentrations of the analytes targeted for study Pumps with high capacities can alter the water chemistry of a sample if the pump is lubricated with oil The water chemistry of a sample also can be altered by aeration and degassing caused by high velocity pumping suction lift and cavitation Access for water level measurements might be unavailable or access might be indirect through an air line thus yielding less accurate measurements Chapter A4 Collection of Water
237. n the field on an aerial photo graph or a town plat lot number map Transfer the location of the site to a USGS 7 5 minute topographic quadrangle map 2 Determine the ground water site latitude and longitude to the nearest second using a USGS 7 5 minute latitude longitude scale or a digitizer or Global Positioning System GPS and record the latitude and longitude accuracy as one second 3 Prepare a detailed sketch map Orient the ground water site on the sketch map relative to north using a compass The sketch map should contain enough detail so that the site can be found again by a person who has never visited it distances should be made in feet from permanent land marks such as buildings bridges culverts road centerline and road intersection S RULE OF THUMB Before starting field work make sure the site file is established in NWIS Keep field files current After field work update NWIS promptly Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 80 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Table 4 7 Minimum information required for electronic storage of site and ground water quality data in the U S Geological Survey National Water Information System NWIS National Water Information System GWSI Ground Water Site Inventory USGS U S Geological Survey QWDATA Quality of Water Data Required information for creation of a ground water site in NWIS GWSI Component C Examp
238. n the standard three volume protocol RULE OF THUMB Do not sample wells at which recovery of water level after purging to 90 percent exceeds 24 hours gt Consider whether packers can be used to seal off the interval to be sampled in this case only the isolated interval needs to be purged This assumes that the interval selected is sufficiently transmissive to yield the volume needed of formation water CAUTION installing packers within a well screen can result in drawing in water from above or and below the packed off interval through the filter pack in the annular space gt Weigh several factors when selecting the sampler to withdraw water from a low yield well If possible use a low volume submersible pump for example a Bennett pump Bailers may stir up particulate matter and compromise spe cific analyses of interest Suction lift pumps such as peristaltic pumps can operate at a very low pumping rate however using negative pressure to lift the sample can result in loss of volatile analytes Operating variable speed electrical submersible pumps at low flow rates may result in heating of the sample as it flows around and through the pump this also can result in sample degassing and VOC loss in addition to changes in other temperature sensitive analytes Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 95 Aquifer media with defined p
239. nd some commercial laboratories also supply reference materials When preparing reference samples follow the procedure listed below 1 Prepare this sample before leaving for the field site a Relabel the reference sample bottle with the site identification code and a field date and time The sample should appear as if it is an environmental sample b Process SRS or reference material samples in a clean environment in the office laboratory under a laminar flow hood or other protective chamber to avoid atmospheric contamination Do not process these QC samples under a fume hood c Rinse each sample bottle three times with a small volume of SRS or reference material sample fill the bottle with the reference solution and cap securely Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 151 2 Prepare an Analytical Services Request ASR form record the SRS or reference material sample identification code from the original container in field notes 3 Pack the sample and the accompanying ASR form to take to the field site 4 Ship SRS or reference material samples in the same container with the environmental and other QC samples collected at the field site 4 3 5 BLIND SAMPLES For blind samples the source and chemical composition of the sam ples are known to the submitter but typically not known to the analyst therefore blanks SRS or reference mate
240. nd wire for attaching weight to end of tape Wire should be strong enough to hold weight securely but not as strong as the tape so that if the weight becomes lodged in the well the tape can still be pulled free A4 B 3 a Carpenters chalk blue A4 B 3 a b Tape cleaning supplies refer to NFM 3 3 8 for soap and water wash guidance and disinfection Disinfect using either commercially available hypochlorite wipes or a dilute 0 005 percent solution chlorine solution A4 B 3 b An electric tape double wired and graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet accurate to 0 01 ft Electric tapes commonly are mounted on a hand cranked and powered supply reel that contains space for the batteries and some device indicator for signaling when the circuit is closed A4 B 3 b Electric tape calibration and maintenance log book manufacturer s instructions Field forms paper and or electronic ballpoint pens non erasable blue or black ink for recording information in the log book and on paper field forms A4 B 3 b Replacement batteries charged A4 B 3 a b Clean rag A4 B 3 a b Two wrenches with adjustable jaws or other tools for removing the well cap black tape is better than a chromium plated tape If a chromium plated tape has to be used paint the back of the tape with a flat black paint to make it easier to read the wetted chalk mark An older model electric tape also known
241. ndaries on the system of study and an oil spill study may target only the surface of a water table aquifer gt What do your data represent Data collectors need to know what questions the data being collected are meant to address and understand the level of accuracy and precision that are needed in the data to answer those questions The data are no better than the confidence that can be placed in how well the sample represents the aqueous system Horowitz and others 1994 Therefore understand the purpose for which the various types of data will be collected and the aqueous system that each sample should represent gt Are your data of appropriate quality Quality control samples yield information by which confidence brackets can be applied to the environmental data Field quality control is vital for data interpretation and assessment and yields different information than laboratory performed quality control checks Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 14 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Data quality begins before the first sample is collected by taking care to use proper equipment being aware of data quality requirements and being alert to potential sources of sample contamination 4 0 1 RESPONSIBILITIES AND FIELD PREPARATIONS Field personnel are responsible for their safety and for the quality of the work performed gt Never compromise the safety of field personnel Be famili
242. nditions that could affect the quality of data collected from that well Note change s in land use Verify well identification number and make sure that it is clearly and permanently labeled Check that identification corresponds with what is in the field folder and on site and location maps Correct any mistakes or uncertainty about well identification and well location Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 77 Table 4 6 Example of ground water site inventory activities Continued During the site visit Continued Verify type of pump well diameter and use of holding tanks pressure tanks chemical treat ments Check whether oil is floating on the water column in a well equipped with an oil lubricated pump Make sure that the downhole treatment system is turned off before collecting water samples Determine if the intended sampling device is suitable for use Establish optimum pumping rate s for purging and sample collection and decide where to route excess discharge Adjust pumping rate to ensure adequate purging of the well without entrainment of atmo spheric gases due to excessive drawdown Route water away from the well to prevent 1 creating muddy and slippery conditions and 2 damage to or defacement of the property to which you were granted access Check that well structure is intac
243. nents for trace element sampling e Microbiological analyses Collect samples for microbiological analyses using equipment and techniques described in NFM 7 Preparations for water sampling are described in NFM 2 and 3 Consult NFM 5 for sample processing NFM 6 for field measurements NFM 7 for biological indicators NFM 8 for bottom material sampling and NFM 9 for field safety Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 44 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 2 Select the number and width of equal width increments a Visually inspect the stream from bank to bank and longitudinally observing velocity width and depth distribution and apparent distribution of sediment and aquatic biota along the cross section Note and document the location of stagnant water eddies backwater reverse flows areas of faster than normal flow and piers or other features along the cross section b Determine stream width from a tagline or from distance markings on a bridge railing or cableway c At sites with little sampling history measure and record the cross sectional variation of field measurements such as specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen Review the magnitude of the variations along the cross section d Determine the width of the increment To obtain the number of increments divide the stream width by the increment width The number of increments must be a whole
244. netic transit range of the sam pler when collecting isokinetic samples at each centroid Guidelines for selecting the transit rate for EWI sampling The descending and ascending transit rate must be constant in each direction and must be the same for each vertical along the cross section Do not exceed the maximum allowable transit rate if using EWI If the transit rate must exceed the maximum allowable rate use EDI instead of EWI The transit rate selected must be sufficiently rapid to keep from overfilling the sampler The sampler is overfilled when the water surface in the sampler container is above the bottom edge of the nozzle when the sampler is held in the sampling position The same size sampler nozzle and container must be used at all verticals along the cross section f the total volume collected will exceed the recommended volume for the churn splitter then a cone splitter must be used Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 47 Step 4 Collect sample water The sample collection procedure is the same whether you are wading or using the reel and cable suspension method When sampling from a bridge deploy the sampler from the upstream of the bridge if possible to avoid bridge related contamination of the sample Use CH DH techniques as required section 4 0 2 Always follow safety procedures NFM 9 a Move to
245. ng chamber used for environmental samples b Container such as a sample bottle is prefilled with blank water opened while in the processing chamber and exposed to the chamber atmosphere throughout the processing of environmental samples Stock solution of PBW VPBW or IBW that is transferred to a sample bottle in an area of the office laboratory within a controlled atmosphere that is relatively clean and protected with respect to target analytes Blank water processed through the same sampler used for environmental samples after the sampler has been cleaned Blanks processed through pump samplers usually are designated pump blanks Blank water processed through the same sample splitting device used to collect or to process environmental samples such as a churn splitter cone splitter or manifold system after the splitter has been cleaned environmental sample that could be attributed to exposure of sample to the ambient atmosphere in which samples are collected processed and analyzed Referring to the general description Example a is used to assess concentrations after processing the blank in a manner that mimics collection of the environmental sample Example 5 is used to indicate the maximum analyte concentration that would result from prolonged sample exposure to ambient conditions Determine the source of water used for blanks and the degree to which the composition of blank solution could have changed with
246. ng of the sampler container and or the presence of anomalously large amounts of particulates that might have been captured because of excessive streambed disturbance during sample collection If you note any of these conditions discard the sample making sure there are no residual particulates left in the container and resample Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 48 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES e Move sampling equipment to the next vertical Maintain the selected transit rate The volume of the subsample can vary considerably among verticals Subsamples can be collected at several verticals before emptying the sampler container as long as the maximum volume of sample in a bottle or bag sampler has not been exceeded If the container is overfilled it is necessary to resample TECHNICAL NOTE The tables in Appendix A4 A apply to the first complete round trip transit starting with an empty sampler container These tables cannot be used if the sampler is not emptied between verticals f Continue to the next vertical until no more samples can be collected without overfilling the sampler container Empty the subsample into a field rinsed churn or cone splitter and repeat sample collection in the same manner until subsamples have been collected at all the verticals e If the total volume of the subsamples to be collected will exceed the operational capacity of the churn select from the following
247. nless designed for VOC sampling can allow VOCs to escape gt Measurements at a monitoring well The standard purging procedure usually is appropriate section 4 2 3 A Exceptions to the standard purging procedure are described in section 4 2 3 B Either a downhole or a flowthrough chamber system can be used for field measurements NFM 6 If samples will be col lected use the flowthrough chamber instead of the downhole system in order to avoid bias of chemical analyses from sample contact with downhole instruments Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 oe OF WATER SAMPLES gt Measurements at a supply well The standard purging procedure may not be appropriate see section 4 2 3 B Identify well construction materials and any equipment permanently installed in the well such as a pump that can affect the logistics and quality of the field measurement or sample Use a flowthrough chamber type of field measurement system NFM 6 Connect the field measurement system to the wellhead at a point before the sample would pass through holding tanks backflow pressure tanks flow meters or chemical treatment systems If more than one well will be sampled during a field trip each site and or a field vehicle must be set up for onsite cleaning of the sampling equipment Field personnel should design the most efficient field cleaning system appropriate for the
248. nning and examination to account for example for conditions related to rapidly changing stage and discharge that can occur as a result of flash flooding or urban runoff CAUTION Any stream including an ephemeral or intermittent stream can rapidly become too deep and swift to wade safely The profile of the cross section usually includes field measurements for specific electrical conductance conductivity pH temperature dissolved oxygen and turbidity Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 33 Still Water Sites 4 1 2 B Still water sites refer to all sizes and shapes of lakes reservoirs ponds swamps marshes riverine backwaters or any other body of surface water where water generally does not move unidirectionally All or parts of reservoirs that do not flow unidirectionally could be considered to be still water When locating still water sampling sites gt Use in situ field measurements to help determine vertical and spatial distribution of sampling locations gt Avoid areas near structures such as harbors boat ramps piers fuel docks and moored houseboats to avoid point sources of contamination unless these structures are part of the study gt Select sites with a record of historical data if possible SAMPLING AT FLOWING WATER 4 1 3 AND STILL WATER SITES Flowing streamwater is collected using either isokinet
249. ns record the shut in time for each gage reading During return visits to a partic ular well it is desirable to duplicate the previously used shut in time before making an altitude pressure gage reading 5 Check that the measuring point MP is clearly marked on the well and accurately described in the well file or field folder If a new measuring point needs to be established follow the procedures in Appendix A4 B 1 but do not use paint or create casing material filings until after sampling has been completed for the day To measure water level at a flowing well Low pressure head measurement direct measurement method 1 Connect a short length of transparent plastic tubing tightly to the well with hose clamps 2 Raise the free end of the tubing until the flow stops Rest the measuring scale on the measuring point 4 Read the water level directly by placing the hose against the mea suring scale 5 Apply the MP correction to get the depth to water above land sur face datum 6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 for a second check reading High pressure head measurement indirect measurement method 1 Make sure that all well valves are closed except the one to the alti tude pressure gage This will prevent use of the well during the measurement period and ensure an accurate water level reading Record the original position of each valve that is closed full open half open closed etc so that the well can
250. ns such as bridges and piers could result in artificially elevated concentrations of suspended sediments if the sampler is immersed in an eddy that is caused by the obstruction If it is necessary to include an eddy in the cross section to be sampled consider treating the eddy as a solid obstruction subtract the eddy width from that of the total cross section and determine the width of the increments based on the remaining stream width OF THUMB When selecting the number of equal width increments Cross sectional width gt 5 ft use a minimum of 10 equal width increments Cross sectional width 5 ft use as many increments as practical but equally spaced at a minimum of 3 inches apart Equipment limitations also constrain the number of increments selected for example When using a 1 L bottle sampler at maximum depth with a 14 L churn splitter EWI samples can be collected at no more than 14 to 17 verticals If an 8 L churn splitter is used samples can be collected at no more than 10 verticals cone splitter must be used if the total volume collected will exceed the recommended volume for the churn splitter Step 3 Select the transit rate a Refer to Appendix A4 A for guidelines for determining the transit rates for collecting isokinetic depth integrated samples Unless the mean velocity is actually determined use the trial and error method to determine the minimum transit rate b Locate the
251. ntrations of target analytes and the variability allowable to fulfill the scientific objectives of the study The degree to which a sample can be considered representative of a water body depends on many interrelated factors including for example temporal and spatial homogeneity of the water body sample size and the method and manner of sample collection Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 13 4 0 RESPONSIBILITIES FIELD PREPARATIONS AND PREVENTING SAMPLE CONTAMINATION This section of the NFM presents guidelines requirements and recom mendations for USGS field personnel as they prepare for sample collec tion at field sites Collecting comparable data over the duration of the sampling effort and among sampling sites is necessary for a valid analysis and interpretation of the data This usually requires consistent use of the methods and equipment selected and collection of sufficient quality con trol data to verify the quality and comparability of the data collected USGS data collection efforts often take a whole system approach meaning that the data collection methods used are designed so that the entire stream reach or aquifer volume is represented A modified approach is needed for studies in which samples are representative of a specific portion or aspect of an aqueous system for example a study of aquatic ecology may establish nearshore bou
252. omposition of standing water in a borehole is affected by well construction practices as described above by contact with the initial and overlying air within the borehole by geochemical and biochemical processes occurring in the borehole water and by the vertical as well as horizontal borehole flow Borehole flow is partially a function of hydraulic head differences within zones of preferential flow in the aquifer consequently water can move up or down vertically as well as into and out of the aquifer horizontally Shapiro 2002 Formation water that is stored in a filter gravel pack within the annular space between the well casing screen and aquifer is not necessarily representative of formation water chemistry but can take on the mineral signature of gravel materials and can cause a change in pH values Assuming that the well has been appropriately developed the well also should be purged of standing water each time before samples are withdrawn see section 4 2 3 Atmospheric and dissolved gases Exposure of anoxic or suboxic samples to the atmosphere can increase dissolved oxygen DO concentrations to a well above ambient concentrations causing bias not only in the DO data but also in the results of analyses for particulate and dissolved metals sulfide VOCs CFCs SFg microorganisms and measurements of pH and alkalinity Minimize or isolate the sample from atmospheric contact using the following procedures as appropriate
253. or selected wells http waterdata usgs gov nwis qw website accessed June 2 2006 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 75 Site inventory In an office inventory the study team identifies existing wells or candidate sites at which to install wells examines well construction records and compiles additional background information and site or well records The field evaluation or site reconnaissance is used to verify well location select or reject candidate well s determine the suitability of the site to meet study objectives and become aware of equipment or other requirements needed to address specific site conditions table 4 6 Site reconnaissance visits also are used to identify areas of ground water recharge and discharge test field equipment test well purging and sampling procedures conduct aquifer tests make preliminary field measurements see NFM 6 and identify the presence of target analytes sources of contamination and potential matrix interferences When conducting site inventories gt Be familiar with study objectives and requirements for data collection and quality gt familiar with the considerations for well selection and or installation table 4 6 gt Be alert to changes over time that might affect the suitability of the well to meet study needs gt Keep in mind the primary criteria for all water quali
254. oring Review v 12 no 2 p 155 160 Keith L H 1978 Principles of environmental sampling Washington D C American Chemical Society ACS Professional Reference Book 458 p Koterba M T Dysart J E Phillips S W and Zynjuk L D 1994 Use and value of quality control data in studies in the Chesapeake Bay Region in Proceedings of the National Symposium on Water Quality November 5 11 Chicago American Water Resources Association p 65 74 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 161 Koterba M T Wilde F D and Lapham W W 1995 Ground water data collection protocols and procedures for the National Water Quality Assessment Program Collection and documentation of water quality samples and related data U S Geological Survey Open File Report 95 399 113 p Lapham W W Wilde F D and Koterba M T 1995 Ground water data collection protocols and procedures for the National Water Quality Assessment Program Selection installation and documentation of wells and collection of related data U S Geological Survey Open File Report 95 398 69 p Lapham W W Wilde F D and Koterba M T 1997 Guidelines and standard procedures for studies of ground water quality Selection and installation of wells and supporting documentation U S Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations Report 96 4233 110 p Loman S W 1953 Measu
255. ossibility of backflow stored in ancillary plumbing lines keep these open throughout purging and sample withdrawal e The pump should produce a smooth solid stream of water with no air or gas bubbles and without pump cavitation during field measurements and sample withdrawal e Do not halt or suddenly change the pumping or flow rate during the final phase of purging or while sampling e Contain and dispose purge waters according to Federal State or local regulations Do not discharge purge water from one well into another without proper authorization Discharge purge water far enough away from the well or well cluster so as not to enter or affect water quality in the well and to pre vent muddy and slippery work conditions Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 120 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES TECHNICAL NOTE A supply well that is in regular service and that is pumping continuously or that has been operating long enough to have removed three casing volumes of water within several hours of sample collection does not require removal of three well volumes Before withdrawing sample in this case flush sample water through the tubing and monitor measurements e Field personnel could request a site operator or homeowner to start pumping the well before personnel arrive onsite fthe pump has been turned off but three well volumes were removed within 24 hours before sampling and samples on
256. others 1995 and based on protocols of the National Water Quality Assessment Program DIW District deionized water with specific electrical conductance less than 1 0 microsiemens per liter VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade blank water PBW pesticide grade blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water DOC dissolved filtered organic car bon gal gallons L liters approximately NWQL National Water Quality Laboratory Assumptions Submersible pump was used to collect the ground water samples Equipment just used to collect ground water samples has been decontaminated and except for the pump intake being in a standpipe is set up on site in the same manner as it was for the collection of ground water samples Blank Solution Types and Estimate of Volumes Required Field blank s Required Mini Comments desired blank mum vol solution ume in type gal L Major ions and IBW 1 0 4 Waste 0 5 gal then collect field nutrients blanks can use DIW to force last of the IBW needed through the Trace elements IBW 1 0 4 system Major ions and IBW 1 5 6 Waste 0 5 gal then collect field nutrients and blanks if necessary use DIW to trace elements force last of the IBW needed through the system VOCs and VPBW 1 5 6 Waste 0 5 gal then collect field blanks can use DIW to force last Pesticides and PBW 1 5 6 of VPBW or PBW through the DOC system VOCs DOC and VPBW 2 0 8
257. our its entire contents back into the first bottle Cap and shake 4 Uncap the bottles and pour one half of the sample from the first bottle into the second bottle Cap both bottles tightly The volume of sample collected and that of the split replicates depends on the volume of sample required by the laboratory for the analysis desired Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 147 gt Field replicate split sample A sample split into subsamples by use of a churn splitter cone splitter or T valve such as that used on a ground water manifold device fig 4 10 for example can be used to answer the question What is the variability associated with the entire sampling including any sample collection processing preservation shipping and laboratory handling and analysis processes Bottles of the replicate samples must be labeled appropriately and the sequence of procedures used must be recorded To split concurrent replicate samples that were processed through separate compositing devices such as churn splitters follow the procedure shown in steps 1 4 above and label the samples as follows To collect a field replicate split sample adapted from Horowitz and others 1994 Churn splitter 1 first bottle Site X Sample 1 Split A Site X Sample 1 Split B Churn splitter 2 first bottle Site X Sample 2 Split A Site X Sample
258. ources of contamination for example DH Works exclusively exterior to processing and preservation chambers Prepares and operates sampling equipment including pumps and discrete samplers peristaltic pump switch pump controller manifold system Operates cranes tripods drill rigs vehicles or other support equipment Handles the compressor or other power supply for samplers Handles tools such as hammers wrenches keys locks and sample flow manifolds Handles single or multiparameter instruments for field measurements Handles the churn carrier including outer protective bags Handles stream gaging or water level equipment Sets up and calibrates field measurement instruments Measures and records water levels and field measurements Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 23 Use Clean Hands Dirty Hands CH DH sampling procedures CH DH procedures were developed for collecting and processing samples vulnerable to contamination CH DH procedures separate field duty chores and dedicate one individual designated as Clean Hands or CH to tasks related to direct contact with sample wetted equipment and sample containers table 4 3 Implementation of this protocol requires hands on training and field team coordination gt Requirement CH DH procedures are required when collecting samples for analysis of metals and othe
259. over which field measurements stabilize using knowledge of the well and aquifer hydraulics To the extent practical field personnel should apply an understanding of the borehole and aquifer hydraulics for the well to determine when the water being withdrawn from the borehole will likely be dominated by formation water Shapiro 2002 Claassen 1982 Values for field properties are recorded sequentially and at regular time intervals The frequency of these measurements depends on the purging rate which in turn is a function of well depth and diameter and aquifer transmissivity Field property stabilization should be plotted as a function of a logarithmic time scale rather than a linear time scale to best determine the point at which the contribution of aquifer water dominates pump discharge see Shapiro 2002 Field measurement procedures are detailed in NFM 6 gt Purging should not cause substantial drawdown in monitor or supply wells when pumping at a rate of at least 1 gal 3 75 L per minute Ideally drawdown will be at a steady state with the water level remaining above the top of the open or screened interval gt Use of a borehole packer system or well liner is recommended for wells in fractured or low yield media to isolate zones of highest hydraulic conductivity or of particular interest Transducers should be installed above and below the packers to monitor head differences Collection of Water Samples Ve
260. p Bailer Double valve Bailer Suction Pump Submersible Centrifugal Pump Submersible Positive pressure Pump Submersible Helical Rotor Pump Submersible Gear Pump Bladder Pump Gas Reciprocating Pump Gas Lift Submersible Piston Pump Peristaltic Pump Jet pump Line Shaft Turbine Pump Flowing Well Other 71825 Hydrogen Sulfide Odor Value none entered null Remark Code Method Code M detect U un acidified sample U non detect V acidified sample GW form ver 7 0 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP C1 APPENDIX A4 C Quality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies Page Blank samples cccsccccccsssssssscsssssscceees APP C2 Replicate samples eere APP C5 Reference spike and blind samples APP C6 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 9002 6 O Z uors1oA sardus 198M Jo 6 Aeaing eotSo oor S N APPENDIX A4 C Ouality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies Common types of quality control QC samples are described in this table the list is not comprehensive Some terms descriptions and purposes for QC samples have been compiled and modified from Sandstrom 1990 Horowitz and others 1994 Koterba and others 1995 Mueller and others 1997 unpublished notes from the USGS course Quality Control
261. paced intervals while pumping at this rate Referring to the instructions provided in NFM 6 check the field measurement data against the measurement stability criteria fig 4 12 e To record the pumping rate of water flowing through more than one conduit sum the rate of flow through each conduit e Routine field measurements for USGS studies include water temperature conductivity pH dissolved oxygen and turbid ity e The final pumping rate used during the final five sets of field measurements also should be used during sample collection Step 4 Withdraw ground water CH Maintain the same rate of pumping throughout sample withdrawal and collection as the rate used during withdrawal of the final purge volume a Put on disposable gloves Check that the sample tubing is properly secured within the sample processing chamber b Direct sample flow through the sample tubing to the processing chamber and channel two tubing volumes of the water to waste e If samples will be collected for organic carbon analysis through equipment and tubing that previously was methanol rinsed flush at least five tubing volumes of sam ple water through the tubing or collect the organic carbon sample using a separate non methanol rinsed sampler before proceeding to Step 5 e Use the needle valve at the maniford to adjust sample flow as appropriate for the target analysis Depending on the site spe cific logistics a second needle valve can
262. ple Split replicates A set of samples that is collected close in time and space and in a manner so that the samples are thought to represent virtually the same physical chemical and biological properties Samples obtained simultaneously using two or more samplers or by using one sampler and alternating collection of samples into two or more compositing containers Horowitz and others 1994 Samples that are collected one after the other and considered virtually identical in composition Samples obtained by dividing one sample into two or more subsamples either before or after sample processing and preservation Each of the subsamples is to be analyzed for concentrations of the same constituents or compounds Examples a A processed and treated sample in a sample bottle is split into two or more aliquots and subjected to identical handling and analysis b Environmental water is passed through a splitting device such as a cone splitter or T valve from which subsamples are collected simultaneously and subjected to identical handling and analysis c Environmental water is collected into a compositing device from which subsamples are collected sequentially and subjected to identical handling and analysis Depending upon its type a replicate is used to determine variability in some part of the sample collection processing and analysis system Identify and or quantify the variability in the system being sampled Iden
263. ple by capping the respective bottles immediately after decanting the volume of blank solution needed Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 OF WATER SAMPLES EXAMPLE OF FIELD BLANK SAMPLE COLLECTION A set of blanks can be generated that is associated with the field blank to help determine which equipment component in the system could be a source of contamination The field blank is the final sample that represents all equipment components of the sampling system After each blank sample is collected preserve and store sample as required Surface water field blank follow steps 1 through 4 In this example the equipment used includes US D 95 sampler 8 liter L churn splitter peristaltic pump and filter assembly Ground water field blank follow steps 1 and 2 In this example the equipment used includes submersible pump and a filter assembly Surface water field blank no Ground water field blank 2 Splitter 3 Pump 4 Filter Field blank 1 Sampler blank blank blank sampler blank MB Gplitter pump filter splitter sampler sampler splitter splitter pump sampler sampler filter 2 Filter Field blank e de blank pump pump filler filter pump Sampler Blank Using the blank water selected rinse and then fill th
264. ples collected table 4 8 and b use appropriate techniques and strategies to minimize and account for bias in the resulting data section 4 3 The most common sources of sample contamination result from improperly cleaned equipment contact or random particulate input from the atmosphere and sample water contact with hands fumes or other extraneous matter during sample handling activities Horowitz and others 1994 gt Implement good field practices and collect quality control samples section 4 0 gt Use Clean Hands Dirty Hands sampling techniques table 4 3 gt Use equipment selection and equipment cleaning procedures that are described in NFM 2 and NFM 3 respectively gt Withdraw sample water in a manner that avoids turbulence contact with the atmosphere and changes in temperature and pressure gt Avoid sampling at wells that have less than 5 ft of water column to prevent inclusion of detritus from the bottom of the well gt As arule collect process and preserve samples within clean enclosed chambers gt Review the results of equipment blanks field blanks and other quality control QC information well in advance of sampling Use this information to adjust sampling plans and procedures or to otherwise prepare for field work Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 97 Standing borehole water The chemical c
265. prepare field Completed on by forms Obtain permission for site access Completed on by Check field vehicle for safety equip Completed on by ment and supplies such as mate rial safety data sheets flares and remote communications system NFM 9 Charge replace batteries Completed by Update field folder Completed by Make travel reservations arrange Completed by ments Provide supervisor with field trip Provided on to and call in check in schedule Vehicle maintenance Check fluids battery tires lights cleanliness Other Figure 4 1 Example of a presampling activities checklist Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 19 PREVENTING SAMPLE 4 0 2 CONTAMINATION The USGS prescribes specific protocols for avoiding contamination of water samples In addition collection of quality control samples sec tion 4 3 scaled as appropriate to the objectives of the study and site conditions is mandated to check for address and measure sample contamination and any resulting bias to the data The most common causes of sample contamination during sample collection include poor sample handling techniques input from atmospheric sources inade quately cleaned equipment and use of equipment constructed of mate rials inappropriate for the analytes targeted for study To prevent or minimize sample contamination from these sources
266. pressurization tanks or chemical disinfection or water softening systems connected in line between the pump and tap faucet to which sample tubing will be connected Obtain written permission to install a tap if it is necessary for bypassing a holding tank or treatment system ii Select a faucet without an aerator or obtain written permission to remove the aerator replace it after sampling Use connectors and sample tubing that will not contaminate the sample with respect to target analytes Use only precleaned sample contacting connectors and tubing Check that you have the correct size and configuration of connector fittings as compatibility varies amont types of plumbing e At highly contaminated sites sample contacting equipment either should be dedicated for that site or should be disposable iii Connect a short length of sample tubing 2 to 3 feet between the tap faucet fitting and the antibacksiphon valve DH Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 eee OF WATER SAMPLES iv Connect sample tubing from the antibacksiphon valve to the manifold and from manifold to the flowthrough chamber the sample processing chamber and the waste outlet Select transparent nonporous sample tubing and tubing to the flowthrough chamber for field measurements to be able to check for bubbles or sediment entrained in the sample flow Sample tubing must be clean and of the appropriate materia
267. primary sample 2098 Ground water quality control 2099 Other ground water related samples with medium code other than 6 such as soil samples or core material 4030 Suction pump 4040 Submersible pump 4045 Submersible multiple impeller turbine pump Squeeze pump Gas reciprocating pump Gas lift Peristaltic pump Jet pump Flowing well Resin trap collector Other 4050 4060 4070 4080 4090 4100 4110 8010 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 16 0 17 72006 Sampling Condition 2 Undesignated 4 Flowing 23 Flowing to Pit 6 Flowing on gas lift 24 Water Flooding 8 Pumping 25 Jetting 10 Open hole 30 Seeping 18 Producing 19 Circulating 22 Lifting The site was dry no water level is recorded The site had been flowing recently The site was flowing head could not be measured A nearby site that taps the Aquifer was flowing Nearby site tapping same Aquifer had been flowing recently Injector site Injector site monitor Measurement discontinued Obstruction encountered in well above water surface The site was being pumped The site had been pumped recently Nearby site tapping the same Aquifer was being pumped Nearby site tapping the Same Aquifer was pumped recently Foreign substance present on the surface of the water Water level affected by stage in nearby site Other conditions affecting the measured water level 31 Nearby well pumping 32 Near
268. r inorganic trace elements hereafter referred to collectively as trace elements as follows For trace elements with ambient concentrations at or near 1 ug L For iron aluminum or manganese with ambient concentra tions to about 200 ug L gt Recommendation CH DH procedures are recommended when collecting samples for analysis of most trace elements with concentrations to about 100 pg L gt Recommendation CH DH procedures are recommended when collecting samples for analysis of trace organic compounds and major inorganic elements particularly when the target analyte could be subject to contamination from field or laboratory procedures at a level that could exceed data quality requirements A detailed description of Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques for surface water sampling can be found in Horowitz and others 1994 Clean Hands Dirty Hands techniques have been incorporated in the procedures for ground water sampling refer to section 4 2 equipment cleaning NFM 3 and sample processing NFM 5 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 24 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Minimize atmospheric contamination Water bodies that are isolated from the atmosphere or that have dissolved oxygen concentrations that are substantially less than that of air can be found in surface water systems deeper sections of stratified lakes and reservoirs for example but are more common in ground
269. r will be reused during the field trip rinse the components with DIW while still wet from sampling and then field clean while at the sampling site using the pre scribed procedures Reassemble the sampler e Collect a field blank if required after sampling equipment has been cleaned at the sampling site e Place the cleaned sampler into a plastic bag and seal for transport to the next site Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 72 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Page left blank intentionally Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 73 GROUND WATER SAMPLING 4 2 Collecting samples of ground water that accurately represent aquifer conditions requires sampling at appropriate wells and using equipment and methods that maintain the integrity of the sample with respect to the physical chemical and biological characteristics of interest This section provides guidance and protocols for a site reconnaissance and establishing site files b avoiding collection of bad data and c ground water withdrawal up to the point of bottling or processing the sample USGS procedures for collecting raw or filtered ground water samples into bottles sample preservation and other sample processing and handling activities are addressed in Chapter A5 NFM 5 Processing of Water Samples Because ground water sample collection
270. ration Barometric DO Table Salinity Zero DO Check mg lL Adj to mg L Date Pressure Reading Correc tion Zero DO Solution Date Thermister Check Y N Date Membrane Changed N Y Date Time Barometer Calibrated N Y Date Time Battery Check REDLINE RANGE Calibration Criteria 0 3 mg L Field Readings 1 2 3 4 5 MEDIAN mg L Remark __ Qualifier __ __ 2 GW form ver 7 0 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B28 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES STN NO TURBIDITY Meter make model S N Type turbidimeter submersible spectrophotometer Sample pump discharge line flow thru chamber single point at ftbiw LSD MSL MP Sensor ID Sample Collection Time Measurement Time Measurement In situ On site Vehicle Officelab NWQL Other Sample diluted Y N Vol of dilution water mL Sample volume mL TURBIDITY VALUE AX C where A TURBIDITY VALUE IN DILUTED SAMPLE B VOLUME OF DILUTION WATER mL C SAMPLE VOLUME mL Calibration Lot Number or Expiration Concentration Calibration Initial Reading after Criteria 0 5 Date Prepared Date Temperature instrument adjustment TU or 5 units c reading Stock Turbi Standard Comments Calculations Zero Standard DIW Standard 1 Standard 2 Standard 3 Field Readings 1 2 3 4 5 MEDIAN Parameter Code FNU NTRU F
271. rection of flow A Isokinetic sampling When V Vn Vn Intake nozzle then C Sediment particles B Non isokinetic sampling When V gt Vn then C lt Cs C Non isokinetic sampling When V Vn then C gt Cs EXPLANATION V AMBIENT STREAM VELOCITY Vp VELOCITY INTO THE SAMPLER NOZZLE C SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION IN THE STREAM Cs SAMPLE SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION Figure 4 3 Relation between intake velocity and sediment concentration for isokinetic and nonisokinetic collection of water samples that contain particulates greater than 0 062 millimeters modified from Edwards and Glysson 1999 p 14 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 40 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Collect isokinetic depth integrated samples by using a standard depth and width integrating method if analysis of a representative sample from a cross section of flowing water is required for discharge computations Appendix A4 A and Edwards and Glysson 1999 figures 39 43 provide detailed information about isokinetic depth integrating transit rates for collecting samples gt For isokinetic sampling the mean velocity of the vertical that is sampled must exceed the minimum velocity requirement of an isokinetic sampler the minimum velocity requirements are 1 5 ft s for a bottle sampler 2 ft s for a 1 or 3 liter bag sampler or 3 ft s for a 6 liter bag sampler Append
272. rement of ground water levels by air line method U S Geological Survey Water Resources Bulletin November 1953 Washington D C p 97 99 Martin Hayden J M 2000 Controlled laboratory investigations of wellbore concentration response to pumping Ground Water v 38 no 1 p 121 128 Martin Hayden J M 2000 Sample concentration response to laminar wellbore flow Implications to ground water data variability Ground Water v 38 no 1 p 12 19 Martin Hayden J M and Wolfe Natalie 2000 A novel view of wellbore flow and partial mixing Digital image analyses Ground Water Monitoring amp Remediation Fall 2000 p 96 103 Miller James ed 2002 Ground water atlas of the United States accessed May 30 2006 at http capp water usgs gov gwa index html Mueller D K Martin J D and Lopes T J 1997 Quality control design for surface water sampling in the National Water Quality Assessment Program U S Geological Survey Open File Report 97 223 17 p New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection 2005 Field sampling procedures manual August 2005 accessed October 5 2005 at http www nj gov dep srp guidance fspm Nielsen D M ed 1991 Practical handbook of ground water monitoring Chelsea Mich Lewis Publishers 717 p Plumb R Jr 1981 Procedures for handling and chemical analysis of sediment and water samples Vicksburg Miss U S Army Engineers Waterways Experiment Station Environmental Laborator
273. respect to target analytes Use only precleaned sample contacting connectors and tubing At contaminated sites sample contacting equipment either should be dedicated for that site or should be disposable iii From the manifold connect the appropriate tubing to the flowthrough chamber the sample processing chamber and the waste outlet Select transparent nonporous sample tubing and tubing to the flowthrough chamber for field measurements to be able to check for bubbles or sediment entrained in the sample flow Tubing that transfers sample to the processing chamber must be clean and of noncontaminating material Keep the discharge end of the sample tubing sealed until use Flowthrough chamber tubing can be of any material if used only in connection with field measurements Tubing used solely to discharge purged water to waste can be of any material garden hose for example but must be long enough to transport wastewater away from the work area Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 126 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Step 2 Measure water level DH Procedures and equipment for water level measurement depend on well type and construction and the presence of nonaqueous liquid phases Important considerations and method limitations are described in Appendix 4 3 4 and 5 Each well must have a designated measuring point that is indicated permanently on the well Appendix
274. rial often are used as blind samples Blind samples can be designed to answer questions such as What bias and variability are introduced by procedures used within a single laboratory or among laboratories Replicate or spike samples sometimes are used to answer a similar question but with greater potential for more variability Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 IN OF WATER SAMPLES Page left blank intentionally Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 153 CONVERSION FACTORS SELECTED TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS CONVERSION FACTORS Multiply By To obtain foot ft 0 3048 meter gallon gal 3 785 liter inch in 25 4 millimeter meter m 3 281 foot micrometer jum 3 281 x 10 foot millimeter mm 0 03937 inch milligram mg 3 527 x 10 ounce avoirdupois microgram ug 3527 x 10 ounce liter L 0 2642 gallon milliliter mL 2 64 x 104 gallon Temperature Water and air temperature are given in degrees Celsius C which can be converted to degrees Fahrenheit F by use of the following equation F 1 8 32 SELECTED TERMS Accuracy The degree of agreement of a measured value with the true or expected value Taylor 1987 Analyte target analyte Substances being determined in an analysis from Bennett 1986 The term target analyte is used in this report to refer to any chemi
275. ril 2004 Cleaning of equipment for water sampling ver 2 0 U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations book 9 chap A3 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 165 TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS OF THE U S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY WATER DISCIPLINE The following U S Geological Survey Branch of Quality Systems formerly Branch of Quality Assurance Office of Water Quality National Water Quality Laboratory and Water Resources Policy Memorandums are available on the World Wide Web at http water usgs gov admin memo Title Date 0 Branch of Quality Systems 90 03 ADP Storage of water quality quality undated assurance data in NWIS 92 01 ADP Storage of water quality quality undated assurance data in NWIS 95 01 ADP Storage of water quality quality October 28 1994 assurance data in NWIS Office of Ground Water 03 03 Agreement forms for gaging station and September 17 2003 observation well installations and transfers 06 01 Storage of water level data for ground water February 2 2006 Office of Water Quality 92 02 FIELD TECHNIQUES Field preparation of December 20 1991 containers for aqueous samples 92 13 Trace element contamination findings of July 17 1992 studies on the cleaning of membrane filters and filtration systems 93 05 Programs and Plans Evaluation of capsule January 21 1993 filt
276. rol samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies continued Common types of quality control QC samples are described in this table the list is not comprehensive Some terms descriptions and purposes for QC samples have been compiled and modified from Sandstrom 1990 Horowitz and others 1994 Koterba and others 1995 Mueller and others 1997 unpublished notes from the USGS course Quality Control Sample Design and Interpretation and the following USGS Branch of Quality Systems Technical Memorandums 90 03 92 01 95 01 QC quality control Blank water abbreviations PBW pesticide grade not nitrogen gas purged blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesti cide grade nitrogen gas purged blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water BLANK SAMPLES2 Sample type General description Ambient blank Blank water that is exposed to the identical collection and Determine analyte concentrations present in the so dureg 138M JO UNAJO py deyo 6 100 TALL oAung 2180 0 0 Source solution blank Sampler blank Splitter blank processing areas and time period as environmental samples The blank water is transferred from the stock solution container to the same type of bottle used for an environmental sample The specific mode of exposure to the atmosphere is determined by the QC objective Examples a The blank water is transferred to a sample bottle while in the sample processi
277. rrent as of March 2007 Chapter A4 Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 1 National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data Chapter A4 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Page jn 7 Irn 8 Purpose and scope eere esee e eene eren eee te setenta sse tns estas seta seto 8 Requirements and 5 9 Field manual review and revision eere etn 10 Acknowledgments e eeee crees eee eee ee eee setae eee tn ese tns estesa stis s stnue 10 A4 Collection of Water Samples 11 4 0 Responsibilities field preparations and preventing sample contamination 66 13 4 0 1 Responsibilities and field preparations 14 4 0 2 Preventing sample contamination 19 4 1 Surface water sampling 25 4 1 1 Site files eese ennt 26 ALLA NWIS files cereis eerte nete nennen natns 26 4 1 1 B Field folders eere 28 4 1 2 Selection of surface water sampling sites 30 4 1 2 A Flowing water sites eeeeeeeee eere 3l 4 1 2 B Still water sites erect 33 Collection of Water Samples
278. rsion 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 105 Well volume V 0 0408 HD gallons Well Gallons per where casing foot of V is volume of water in the well in gallons diameter D casing D is inside diameter of well in inches and in inches is height of water column in feet i5 m 1 5 09 Purge volume n V gallons 2 0 16 where 3 0 37 n is number of well volumes to be removed 4 0 65 45 83 during purging bs 105 6 0 1 47 estimated pumping rate gallons 80 2 61 10 0 4 08 12 0 5 88 Approximate purge time purge volume Q 24 0 20 minutes 295 RA Explanation Well volume Volume of water in a borehole or cased well Well volumes For cased wells the actual number of well volumes should account for evacuation of at least one volume of water stored in the annular space between the casing and borehole wall This can be estimated from knowledge of the drilled well diameter Approximate purge time Actual purge time depends also on field measurement stabilization use fig 4 12 Figure 4 11 Estimation of purge volume and purge time Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 106 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES RECORD OF WELL PURGING Date By SITE ID STATION NAME HEIGHT OF WATER COLUMN DEPTH OF WELL PUMP INTAKE ft or m below MP Start End WELL PURGING METHOD
279. rsion 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 65 Step 3 Collect sample water By applying EDI sampling methods and collecting equal volume samples at the centroid of each equal discharge increment a sample can be collected that is discharge weighted although it is not isokinetic Using CH DH techniques as required section 4 0 2 a Move sampling and support equipment to the first sampling location Field rinse equipment section 4 1 3 b Record starting gage height and sampling start time c To collect a nonisokinetic sample with a dip or pump sampler e Ifa discrete sample is to be collected lower the dip sampler to the desired depth then sample e Ifa vertical traverse is made to collect the sample do not pause when contact with the streambed occurs but raise the dip sampler immediately until the traverse is completed Take care not to disturb the streambed with the sampler as bed material entering the sampler results in erroneous data e Ifapump is used to collect a sample lower the pump intake to the desired depth and pump about three sample tubing vol umes to field rinse sample tubing and then collect the sample d Move to the next vertical 1f more than one vertical will be sampled along the cross section i Record the time and repeat sample collection as described in step 3c above ii Inspect each sample looking for anomalously large amounts of particulates that mi
280. ry sample type Atmospheric oxygen can be completely removed from the processing chamber or glove box by filling it with a clean inert gas especially one that is heavier than air such as argon Alternatively good results have been documented by passing inert gas over the sample bottle opening while filling the bottle or by filling the bottle and capsule filter if used with the inert gas beforehand To fill a chamber with inert gas 1 Insert a desiccant pack in line between the gas tank and the processing chamber 2 If using a processing chamber add a fitting at the top to secure the small diameter gas delivery hose which is then inserted through the chamber cover 3 Seal the chamber cover closed by twisting and tightly clipping it or using some other sealing method 4 Start the flow of inert gas into the chamber 5 Cut slits through the top this is not needed if using a glove box to allow access with gloved hands Note that the entry of gas drives air out of the chamber through the slits Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 99 Ground water samples with ambient concentrations of dissolved gases for example methane should be collected so as to avoid degassing Degassing can occur from an increase in water temperature as the sample is brought to the surface or because of leaks in the sampling and pressure system gt E
281. s contains an equal volume from each unit of area sampled Area weighted sampling is used to obtain a sample that contains the average concentration of a property that is observed in a cross section Averaged in situ field measurements of streams are more nearly area weighted than discharge weighted The product of an area weighted property concentration and the stream discharge would not yield the discharge of the property unless the stream contained the same property concentration at every point Discharge weighted sample A sample that contains an equal volume from each unit of discharge sampled Equal width increment EWI and equal discharge increment EDI sample collection methods Methods specifically designed to result in the collection of discharge weighted depth integrated isokinetic samples Edwards and Glysson 1999 When either method is used properly the resulting samples contain the same property concentrations Isokinetic sampling A sample collected in such a way that the water sedi ment mixture moves with no change in velocity as it leaves the ambient flow and enters the sampler intake ASTM 1990 Precision The degree of mutual agreement characteristic of independent measurements as the result of repeated application of the process under speci fied conditions Taylor 1987 Purging Refers to removal of water standing in a cased well or borehole before water samples are collected for analysis Quality Assessmen
282. s including a potential effect from using different capsule filters Potential effects from using different filter units is considered insignificant compared to those from particulate loading of the filter Horowitz and others 1994 USGS Office of Water Quality Technical Memorandums 92 13 and 93 05 2 Pesticides and other filtered organic compound samples e If there is minor or no visible loading of particulate matter on the filter then replicate samples can be collected one after another without changing filters e If filter loading is observed using a different filter in the manner described above for trace element samples is recommended The deci sion however depends on the data quality requirements of the study and professional judgment l This method fulfills the objective to maintain the operational pore size definition of the filtered sample for trace element analysis one filter unit is designated per trace element sample set in order to maintain comparable particulate loading on the filter Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 146 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 3 2 C Split Replicates Split replicates are samples obtained by dividing one sample that is designated for a specific laboratory analysis into two or more subsamples replicates each of which is submitted to one or more laboratories for identical analysis Split replicates can be collected for different purposes dep
283. s Dirty Hands techniques require two or more people working together At the field site one person is designated as Clean Hands CH and a second person as Dirty Hands DH Although specific tasks are assigned at the start to CH or DH some tasks overlap and can be handled by either as long as the prescribed care is taken to prevent contaminating the sample CH and DH wear appropriate disposable powderless gloves during the entire sampling operation and change gloves frequently usually with each change in task Wearing multiple layers of gloves allows rapid glove changes Gloves must be appropriate to withstand any acid solvent or other chemical substance that will be used or contacted CH takes care of all operations involving equipment that contacts the sample for example CH Handles the surface water sampler bottle Handles the discharge end of the surface water or ground water sample tubing Handles the inner protective bag on the churn splitter Transfers sample to churn or cone splitter Prepares a clean work space inside vehicle Sets up processing and preservation chambers Places equipment inside chambers for example sample bottles filtration and preservation equipment Works exclusively inside chambers during collection processing and preservation Changes chamber covers as needed Sets up field cleaning equipment and cleans equipment DH takes care of all operations involving contact with potential s
284. s properly secured within the sample processing chamber b Direct sample flow through the sample tubing to the processing chamber and channel two tubing volumes of the water to waste Use the needle valve at the maniford fig 4 10 to adjust sample flow as appropriate for the target analysis e Depending on the site specific logistics a second needle valve can be installed after the outlet end of the maniford and close to the sample processing chamber The flow should be smooth and non turbulent Avoid splash ing or pooling water inside the chamber while processing sam ple and filling sample bottles e If samples will be collected for organic carbon analysis through equipment and tubing that previously was methanol rinsed flush at least five tubing volumes of sample water through the tubing or collect the organic carbon sample using a separate non methanol rinsed sampler before proceeding to step 5 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 131 Remember flow should be constant and uninterrupted while purging and sampling amp RULE OF THUMB When using a pump the rate of flow for filling sample bottles should not exceed 500 mL min for bottles 250 mL or greater in volume or 150 mL min for 40 mL VOC vials Nonpumped samples a Field rinse the sampler typically a bailer and sampler emptying device and compositing devi
285. s that tend to associate with particulate matter gt Inspect the integrity of the surface casing and seal routinely when visiting the well gt Inspect the subsurface casing this can be done using a borehole televiewer gt Note any changes in depth to the bottom of the well this measurement should be made annually at wells with recurring water level or water quality data collection In addition the well should be tested for hydraulic connection to the aquifer every 3 to 5 years gt Purge well water laden with particulates until turbidity values return to background or near background levels that is the final turbidity value recorded after the well has been properly developed Typically the turbidity value measured at a properly constructed and developed well is about 10 turbidity units although it is common for background turbidity in ground water to be 5 turbidity units the threshold for visible turbidity Turbidity values that cannot be improved to less than about 25 units after purging or well redevelopment can indicate failure of the well structure or that the well was improperly constructed If possible a different well should be selected or a new well installed Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 92 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4228 Well Hydraulic and Aquifer Characteristics Hydraulic characteristics of the well and the structural and material properties of the aquifer
286. s water bentonite and biochemical slurries can infiltrate the aquifer thereby altering water chemistry or biochemistry For example studies indicate that samples collected for chlorofluorocarbon CFC and sulfur hexafluoride SFg analyses at monitor wells drilled in fractured rock aquifers using air rotary methods can be biased for those analyses 12 months or longer after being drilled L N Plummer U S Geological Survey written commun 2006 although a three well volume purge protocol is used section 4 2 3 Well development by air injection also is likely to bias CFC and SFg analyses and produce faulty interpretations with respect to ground water ages Shapiro 2002 High capacity high yielding or frequently pumped supply wells are less likely to be affected Claassen 1982 discusses how mud rotary drilling grouting and other well construction practices also can have a relatively long lasting effect on major ion compositions and chemical properties of ground water and provides methods by which to analyze these effects gt Mixing of waters with different quality can occur in wells with long or multiple screens because of well bore flow On the other hand wells with short screens relative to the total thickness of an aquifer might be screened at intervals that miss major zones of interest such as zones with high transmissivity or contamination Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Boo
287. samples that require that blank water type have been collected in order to lim it the amount of blank water left in the sample tubing Assumptions Submersible pump was used to collect the ground water samples Organic and inorganic field blanks will be collected Equipment just used to collect ground water samples has been cleaned and except for the pump intake being in a standpipe instead of a well is set up on site in the same manner as it was for the collection of ground water samples Standpipe has just been cleaned and subsequently rinsed with VPBW If only inorganic field blanks will be collected rinse cleaned standpipe with IBW and modify steps 2 to 4 accordingly Referring to NFM 3 follow the cleaning sequence shown on fig 3 1 for the inorganic and organic cleaning procedure Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9
288. second or third party check the input COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 27 Table 4 4 Minimum information required for electronic storage of site and surface water quality data in the U S Geological Survey USGS National Water Information System NWIS GWSI Ground Water Site Inventory QWDATA Quality of Water Data Required information for creation of a surface water site in NWIS 2 Component C Example Data description number for data Description entry into GWSI of code Agency code C4 USGS Station Identification Number Cl 11530500 Station Name C12 Klamath River near Klamath Calif Latitude C9 413052 Longitude C10 1235957 USGS Water Science Center User C6 06 California State County C7 06 California Agency Use C8 015 Del Norte Station Type C803 A Active C802 SW Required information for storage of sample analyses in the water quality file of NWIS QWDATA stds Alpha parameter ample data Data description 5 code Description of code Agency code AGNCY USGS Station Identification Number STAID 11530500 Sample Medium MEDIM 9 surface water Sample Type 2 STYPE 9 regular sample Hydrologic Hydro Event EVENT 9 routine sample Hydrologic Hydro Condition HSTAT 9 stable stage Date year month day DATES 20070909 Time standard 24 hour clock time TIMES 1530 hrs Analysis Status ASTAT H initial entry Analysis Source ASRCE 9 USGS laboratory and field
289. sites to be sampled and in accordance with the equipment cleaning guidelines described in NFM 3 Step 5 Process the sample Sample processing involves in part sample filtration sample collection into appropriate containers and sample preservation Standard USGS procedures for sample processing are described in general and according to analyte type in NFM 5 Step 6 Clean the equipment Standard USGS procedures for cleaning or decontamination and QC of specific types of equipment used for collecting and processing organic and inorganic analytes are detailed in NFM 3 Field personnel should design the most efficient field cleaning system appropriate for the sites to be sampled and in accordance with wastewater disposal regulations Practice safe sampling Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 115 Supply Wells 4 2 4 A Collection of samples from water supply wells with permanently installed pumps requires specific considerations preparations and precautions Refer to NFM 9 for safety precautions Field personnel should be aware of the potential sources of contamination to samples withdrawn from supply wells table 4 10 gt Do not sample the well if it is not possible to bypass any holding tank or chemical treatment system gt Document all field observations and any deviations from standard sampling procedures gt Obtain permissio
290. structions above e Do not move the pump or change the rate of pumping dur ing field measurements or sample collection after setting the intake at its final depth location Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 130 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES f Purge a minimum of three well volumes or the purge volume dictated by study objectives Check exceptions to the three well volume procedure described in section 4 2 3 B e Record water levels and field measurements at regular time intervals fig 4 12 NFM 6 Routine field measurements for USGS studies include water temperature conductivity pH dissolved oxygen concentration and turbidity Check for spe cial instructions regarding field measurement or field analysis requirements based on study objectives e As the final well volume commonly the third well volume is purged check the field measurement data against the measure ment stability criteria fig 4 12 Record at least five sets of field measurements determined at regularly spaced intervals which indicate that measurement values are relatively constant have stabilized or that stabilization cannot be achieved in the given time interval NFM 6 Step 4 Withdraw the sample CH Pumped samples Maintain the same rate of pumping throughout sample collection as the rate used during withdrawal of the final purge volume a Puton disposable gloves Check that the sample tubing i
291. sure the cross sectional variation of field measurements such as specific electrical conductance pH temperature and dissolved oxygen at sites with little sampling history Record and review variations along the cross section 5 Evaluate data from steps 1 4 to decide if the VCF method is appropriate Use either the EDI or the EWI sampling method if streamflow field measurement or chemical analysis data do not confirm that the stream section is well mixed vertically and laterally 6 If the VCF method is used follow steps 3 and 4 of the instructions for the EDI method for selecting transit rate and collecting samples 7 Process samples gt Refer to NFM 5 8 Clean equipment gt Refer to NFM 3 and to the information under Step 6 in either the preceding EDI or EWI methods Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 60 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 1 3 B Nonisokinetic Dip Discrete and Pump Sampling Methods at Flowing Water Sites Most nonisokinetic samplers cannot be used to collect representative discharge weighted samples from streams transporting sand size or larger particulates These samplers have important uses for unattended stream sampling and for sampling to determine constituent occurrence and distribution but they have limited value for collecting samples used to calculate constituent discharge Guidelines for nonisokinetic sampling methods Use nonisokinetic s
292. surements for the vertical Step 4 Collect samples Field rinse sampling equipment first section 4 1 3 Collect samples by using the procedures listed below under Step 4A for a thief type sampler and under Step 4B for a pump sampler Step 4A Thief type sampler The instructions listed below are for samplers that operate with an open close mechanism If the sampler operates as a point source bailer follow steps a and c through g below Pulling the bailer up will trigger the upper check valve to seal off the sample from the water overlying the targeted depth a Lower opened sampler to the desired depth while minimizing disturbance of the water column b Isolate the sample by activating the mechanism that closes the sampler c Raise the sampler from the water body d Dispense sample to sample bottle or compositing splitting device using CH DH techniques e If using a bailer drain sample through the bottom emptying device e If sample compositing and or splitting is required ensure that all particulates in the sampler are transferred with the sample by swirling the sample gently to keep particulates suspended and pouring the sample quickly into the churn or cone splitter e Repeat steps a through d if more sample is needed from the same depth for that vertical section Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 71 f Repeat steps a throu
293. t Wells used for ground water studies should be sounded annually to check whether depth to bottom corresponds with well construction information or whether the well is filling with loose materials U S Geological Survey 1980 Lapham and others 1997 A decrease in depth to bottom could indicate that the well casing is collapsing or that there is a breach or corrosion of well screen or casing or that the well is improperly designed to retain aquifer materials Borehole caliper and downhole camera video logs can identify a damaged or broken well casing downhole camera can identify a plugged screen or accumulation of sediment in the well Aquifer tests such as slug tests can be used to check the hydraulic connection between the well and the aquifer Aquifer tests however are generally beyond the scope of site reconnaissance The surface seal of a USGS monitoring well should be intact and the well should be capped Concrete pad should be repaired if cracked or separated from outer casing A tight fitting well cap should have a small ventilation hole Check well access for sample collection points Sample collection points need to be near the wellhead ahead of where water enters pres sure tanks holding tanks or treatment systems At wells where an access point close to the well is not available it might be possible to install a hose bibb or tap at the wellhead Because it usually is not possible to control the pumpin
294. t Overall process of assessing the quality of the environ mental data by reviewing the application of the quality assurance elements and the analysis of the quality control data Quality Assurance QA A system of protocols and procedures imple mented to meet expected standards of quality needed to fulfill study objec tives and control unmeasurable components of a study such as sampling at the right place and or time using the correct equipment and techniques Quality Control QC A system of activities such as collection of blank or replicate samples whose purpose is to assess the quality of environmental data by generating a set of data that will be used to estimate the magnitude of the bias and variability resulting from the procedures used for obtaining the data Raw sample A whole water unfiltered sample that has not been processed through a filter or other phase separation device Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 156 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Transit To move the sampler from the stream surface to the streambed or from the streambed to the surface Transit rate The rate at which the sampler is passed through the water from the stream surface to the streambed or from the streambed to the surface Unsampled zone The unsampled portion of the sampling vertical usually assumed to be the zone from the streambed to the sampler intake Generally sampler intakes are 4 to 7 in
295. tes for a DH 2 sampler 1 liter bag with a 3 16 inch nozzle Transit rates in feet per second Depth is water depth unsampled zone mL milliliter Depth Mean stream velocity in vertical feet per second in Volume feet Rate 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 mL 2 slowest 0 04 0 1 0 1 01 OL 01 OL OL 01 01 1 000 2 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 50 4 slowest 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 03 1 000 4 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 110 6 slowest 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 4 04 0 4 1 000 6 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 160 8 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 220 10 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 118 2 0 2 2 24 26 270 12 slowest 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 1 000 12 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 330 14 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 8 09 1 0 1 000 14 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 380 16 slowest 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 000 16 fastest 0 8 1 0 1 2 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 26 440 18 slowest 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 10 11 12 L3 1 000 18 fastest 0 8 10 1 2 1 4 16 118 2 0 2 2 24
296. tes in the stream Portable pump samplers generally are used to collect a point sample by lowering the pump to a selected depth A suction pump such as a peristaltic pump has a maximum lift of 30 ft or less Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for the lift capaci ties of other types of pump samplers A portable pump also can be used to collect a nonisokinetic depth integrated sample by continuous pumping at a constant rate as the intake is being lowered through the vertical Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 63 Collection of useful data especially with the use of automated pumping samplers requires intensive planning and quality assurance including careful site selection selection of the type and construction material of the sampler a review of historical hydrologic information and collection of an adequate number and types of quality control samples The physical chemical and biological characteristics of the Cross section study objectives and pump limitations must be considered when determining how and where to collect samples TECHNICAL NOTE The selection deployment use and maintenance of automated samplers auto samplers such as those manufactured by ISCO require training and detailed instructions that have not been incorporated into this manual follow the manufacturer s instructions Some tips for collecting autosamp
297. the first vertical midpoint of first EWI near edge of water and field rinse equipment section 4 1 3 Collect the rinse water at the edge of the stream in a section of low stream velocity to minimize including suspended sediment b Record start time and gage height c Lower field rinsed sampler at the predetermined constant transit rate until slight contact is made with the streambed Do not pause upon contacting the streambed Raise the sampler immediately at the same constant transit rate until sampler completes the vertical traverse e Take care not to disturb the streambed by bumping the sam pler on it bed material may enter the nozzle resulting in erroneous data e Do not overfill the sampler container Overfilling results in a sample that is not isokinetic and that could be enriched with heavy particulates because of secondary circulation of water through the sampler from nozzle through air exhaust This enrichment will result in an artificially increased sediment concentration and will bias particle size distribution toward heavier and larger particulates e Do not underfill the sampler container Appendix A4 A Underfilling will result in a sample that is not isokinetically collected because the maximum transit rate has been exceeded e Ifthe required volume cannot be collected use the EDI method to obtain discharge weighted samples d Inspect each subsample as it is collected looking for overfilling or underfilli
298. the sampling equipment section 4 1 3 Collect the rinse water at the edge of the stream in a section of low stream volocity to minimize including suspended sediment b Read and record the starting gage height Record sampling start time Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 57 c Lower the sampler at the predetermined transit rate until slight contact is made with the streambed e Do not pause upon contacting the streambed Raise the sampler immediately at a constant transit rate to complete the vertical traverse The descending transit rate does not have to equal the ascending transit rate but each rate must be unidirectional constant and within the isokinetic transit range of the sampler e Take care not to disturb the streambed with the sampler Dis turbing the streambed could cause bed material to enter the nozzle resulting in erroneous data e Ensure that the sampler container has not overfilled Over filling will result in enrichment of the sample with heavy particulates due to secondary circulation of water through the sampler from nozzle through air exhaust This enrich ment will result in an artificially increased sediment concen tration and will bias particle size distribution towards heavier and larger particulates d Inspect each subsample looking for overfilling and or the presence of anomalously large amounts of particulat
299. the tape using commercially available hypochlorite wipes or a dilute 0 005 percent chlorine solution 9 Record depth data to the nearest 0 01 foot USGS well depth data should be recorded in GWSI and on the Ground Water Level Notes fig B1 and other field forms that are kept in the field folder Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B7 February 2006 USGS GROUND WATER LEVEL NOTES FIELD ID Depth to Water and Well Depth Station No Field ID 3RD optional Station Name Time Project No Proj Name Measurement made by Hold for DTW Signature Cut DTW from MP WELL SPRING MONITOR SUPPLY OTHER Measuring point MP SUPPLY WELL PRIMARY USE DOMESTIC PUBLIC SUPPLY IRRIGATION OTHER Casing Material Altitude land surface ft abv MSL DTW from LSD Measuring Point ft abv blw LSD MSL MP Well Depth ft abv blw LSD MSL MP Hold for well depth Sampling condition 72006 pumping 8 flowing 4 static n a see QWDATA User Manual for additional fixed value codes Water Level ft blw LSD 72019 ft blw MP 61055 ft abv MSL NGVD 29 62610 ft abv MSL NAVD 88 62611 E Length of tape leader Well depth below MP Comments Well depth below LSD WATER LEVEL DATA FOR GWSI DATE WATER LEVELMEASURED C235
300. ths and hundredths of feet designated for calibration of field steel and electric tapes Calibration and maintenance log book for each steel tape Spray paint bright color or casing notching tool A4 B 2 Well depth measurement with steel tape Steel tape graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet calibrated for making measurements A black tape is better than a chromium plated tape If a chromium plated tape has to be used paint the back of the tape with a flat black paint to make it easier to read the wetted chalk mark Reference steel tape graduated in feet tenths and hundredths of feet designated for calibration of field steel and electric tapes Steel tape calibration and maintenance log book one for each steel tape Weight stainless steel iron or other noncontaminating material not lead Strong ring and wire for attaching weight to end of tape Wire should be strong enough to hold weight securely but not as strong as the tape so that if the weight becomes lodged in the well the tape can still be pulled free Carpenters chalk blue Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES APP B3 Appendix A4 B 1 Establishing a permanent measuring point on wells at which water level will be measured A permanent measuring point MP from which all water levels for a given well are measured must be
301. tic bag If pumping blank water from a standpipe change gloves and then rinse the precleaned standpipe three times using a small volume of blank solution of the type selected Keep standpipe covered until use 3 Change gloves Place precleaned labeled sample bottle s and the stock of blank solutions to be used into processing chamber or standpipe e IBW blanks Discard the deionized water that half fills the precleaned polyethylene sample bottle Rinse the sample bottle with a small quantity of blank solution and discard rin sate before filling with IBW e PBW or VPBW blanks Do not prerinse the sample bottle Use glass bottles or vials as received precleaned from the laboratory Do not substitute DIW for IBW Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 139 Pre Field Blanks 4 3 1 The source solution and initial equipment blanks are common types of blank samples that are collected by the study field team in preparation for environmental sampling Collection of an equipment blank is mandated by USGS policy before the sampling phase of the study begins to determine if the sample wetted components of the equipment proposed for use could be a source of contamination by introducing the study s target analytes to a blank or environmental sample Collection of pre field equipment blanks is recommended annually or as appropriate for the sampling sche
302. tify and or quantify the variability introduced from collection processing shipping and laboratory handling and analysis Can be designed to indicate temporal variability resulting from consecutive collection of samples Assess variability for a given sample matrix Compare differences in analyses obtained from the same or separate laboratories SO ddV SWTIJWVS WALVM NOLLOTTIOO 9007 6 O Z uors1oA 198M Jo 6 YOO TAML KoAung 18 S APPENDIX A4 C Ouality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies continued Common types of quality control QC samples are described in this table the list is not comprehensive Some terms descriptions and purposes for QC samples have been compiled and modified from Sandstrom 1990 Horowitz and others 1994 Koterba and others 1995 Mueller and others 1997 unpublished notes from the USGS course Quality Control Sample Design and Interpretation and the following USGS Branch of Quality Systems Technical Memorandums 90 03 92 01 95 01 QC quality control Blank water abbreviations PBW pesticide grade not nitrogen gas purged blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade nitrogen gas purged blank water IBW inorganic grade blank water E REFERENCE SPIKE AND BUND SAMPES Sample type General description Reference sample Spike sample
303. tion establishing site files instructions for collecting depth integrated isokinetic and nonisokinetic samples at flowing and still water sites and guidelines for collecting formation water from wells having various types of construction and hydraulic and aquifer characteristics Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Introduction eee OF WATER SAMPLES INTRODUCTION As part of its mission the U S Geological Survey USGS collects the data needed to assess the quality of our Nation s water resources The National Field Manual for the Collection of Water Quality Data National Field Manual describes protocols requirements and recommendations and provides guidelines for USGS personnel who collect those data on surface water and ground water resources Chapter A4 provides information about the collection and quality control of water samples for investigations and assessments of environmental water quality Formal training and field apprenticeship are necessary in order to implement correctly the procedures described in this chapter The National Field Manual is Section A of Book 9 of the USGS publication series Techniques of Water Resources Investigations TWRI and consists of individually published chapters designed to be used in conjunction with each other Chapter numbers are preceded by an A to indicate that the report is part of the National Field Manual Other chapters of the National Field Manual are r
304. tion p 5 1 to 5 194 U S Geological Survey Variably dated National field manual for the collection of water quality data U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations book 9 chaps A1 A9 available online at http pubs water usgs gov twri9A U S Geological Survey 1989 Technical procedure HP 61 Yucca Mountain Project use of hand held steel tapes in vertical boreholes p 2 Varljen M D Barcelona M J Obereiner James and Kaminski David 2006 Numerical simulations to assess the monitoring zone achieved during low flow purging and sampling Ground Water Monitoring and Remediation v 26 no 1 p 44 52 Vroblesky D A 2001 User s guide for polyethylene based passive diffusion bag samplers to obtain volatile organic compound concentrations in wells Part 1 Deployment recovery data interpretation and quality control and assurance U S Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations Report 01 4060 18 p Vroblesky D A ed 2001 User s guide for polyethylene based passive diffusion bag samplers to obtain volatile organic compound concentrations in wells Part 2 Field tests U S Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations Report 01 4061 variously paged Ward J R and Harr C A eds 1990 Methods for collection and processing of surface water and bed material samples for physical and chemical analyses U S Geological Survey Open File Report 90 140 71 Wilde F D ed Ap
305. tional Water Information System of the U S Geological Survey USGS Automated Data Processing System ADAPS Version 4 3 U S Geological Survey Open File Report 03 123 413 p Bennett H ed 1986 Concise chemical and technical dictionary Ath ed New York Chemical Publishing Co p 99 Brunett J O Barber N L Burns A W Fogelman R P Gillies D C Lidwin R A Mack T J 1997 A quality assurance plan for district ground water activities of the U S Geological Survey U S Geological Survey Open File Report 97 11 41 p accessed May 30 2006 at http water usgs gov ogw pubs OFR97 1 1 gwqap pdf Claassen H C 1982 Guidelines and techniques for obtaining water samples that accurately represent the water chemistry of an aquifer U S Geological Survey Open File Report 82 1024 49 p accessed May 30 2006 at http pubs er usgs gov usgspubs ofr ofr82 1024 Driscoll F G 1986 Groundwater and wells 2d ed St Paul Minnesota Johnson Division p 551 Edwards T K and Glysson G D 1999 Field methods for measurement of fluvial sediment U S Geological Survey Techniques of Water Resources Investigations book 3 chap C2 80 p Federal Interagency Sedimentation Project 1986 Catalog Instruments and reports for fluvial sediment investigations Minneapolis Minnesota St Anthony Falls Hydraulics Laboratory 138 p Freeze R A and Cherry J A 1979 Groundwater Englewood Cliffs N J Prentice Hall 604
306. to approximately 90 percent of the original volume in the well cannot be achieved within a reasonable timeframe not to exceed 24 hours see the previous discussion on low yield wells gt The study will customize the protocol for field determined properties or constituent analyses to address specific study objectives however the routine suite of field measurement values should be determined TECHNICAL NOTE Target or indicator analytes may be added to the purge criteria to address study objectives The analysis can be performed onsite using portable analytical equipment or a mobile laboratory The acceptable variability in analyte measurements to define stabilization and minimum number of readings is defined by the study ASTM International 2005 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 108 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt One or more field measurement keeps drifting and sampling at that well cannot be avoided NFM 6 provides suggestions for poor field measurement stabilization including extending the purge time and purge volume Field personnel must make a decision based on their understanding of study objectives whether to extend purge time Such decisions should be documented in field notes gt Use of low flow purging techniques is a stipulated study requirement for a detailed description of the low flow purge technique refer to ASTM standard procedure D6452 99 ASTM International 2
307. tor blank Blank water that is transferred to a sample bottle usually in a Determine the potential for and magnitude of sample protected environment in the office laboratory and stored adjacent contamination from refrigeration of the sample for a designated to environmental samples in a refrigerated area for the same length length of time of time PO ddV SWTIdWVS YALVM AO NOLLOXTIOO so dureg 138M JO uonoo 02 py deyo 6 100 TALL oAung 2180 0 0 S N APPENDIX A4 C Quality control samples collected by field personnel for water quality studies continued Common types of quality control QC samples are described in this table the list is not comprehensive Some terms descriptions and purposes for QC samples have been compiled and modified from Sandstrom 1990 Horowitz and others 1994 Koterba and others 1995 Mueller and others 1997 unpublished notes from the USGS course Quality Control Sample Design and Interpretation and the following USGS Branch of Quality Systems Technical Memorandums 90 03 92 01 95 01 QC quality control Blank water abbreviations water IBW inorganic grade blank water PBW pesticide grade not nitrogen gas purged blank water VPBW volatile organic compound and pesticide grade nitrogen gas purged blank REPLICATE SAMPLES pu S General description Replicates duplicates triplicates etc of sequential split concurrent or other type of replicate sam
308. trations 4 1 Example of a presampling activities checklist 18 4 2 Checklist for contents of a field folder for surface water Edi 29 4 3 Relation between intake velocity and sediment concentration for isokinetic and nonisokinetic collection of water samples that contain particulates greater than 0 062 millimeters eeee eere e eerte eere eere een netu ese tna 39 4 4 Equal width increment method for collection of LEISURE R M 42 4 5 Equal discharge increment method for collection of Water samples C 51 4 6 Example of discharge measurement field notes used to determine the equal discharge increment centroid locations based on cumulative discharge and far midpoint enr c A 54 4 7 Example of a checklist for a well file ess 81 4 8 Checklist for contents of a field folder for ground water Crude osn 83 4 9 Example of A site and well location maps and B well site sketch P 84 4 10 Example of a manifold used for well purging sample collection ccsccssssccsssccsssecsssscesssssssssssssessssseesseees 102 4 11 Estimation of purge volume and purge time 105 4 12 Example of a field log for well purging 106 Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 Chapter A4 Contents 6
309. ty studies The sample must represent the system in time and space intended for study Sample integrity must be maintained Review safety plans and procedures before leaving for the field NFM 9 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 76 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Table 4 6 Example of ground water site inventory activities Before the site visit Review considerations for well selection and installation section 4 2 2 Lapham and others 1997 Review background information collected Obtain permission to gain access to the site and to collect samples from the well Update well files record changes in ownership and land use Contact utility companies gas water and electric before digging or drilling Determine whether the pump may or may not be removed from the well by field personnel removal is not recommended as personal safety could be compromised The owner s per mission is required to remove a pump you could be liable for damage to pump or well Be sure that you get information needed about the site that could interfere with or interrupt sam pling For example Hours of pump operation and scheduled downtime Pumping rate or rates Holding tanks or chemical treatments Electrical service to the site Scheduled maintenance for pumps or related equipment Scheduled site maintenance such as painting construction
310. ublic domestic irrigation commercial or industrial water and usually are equipped with a dedicated high capacity pump Pumps installed in supply wells generally deliver a large volume of water that is subsampled for water quality Although the guidance in this manual focuses on sampling at public or domestic supply wells similar principles and procedures apply when sampling at irrigation commercial or industrial wells with the caveat that additional safety precautions need to be identified and implemented and equipment requirements reviewed Note that supply well construction materials and methods and the pumps installed can have long lasting effects on the chemistry of water entering the well from the aquifer Lapham and others 1997 42 1 SITE INVENTORY AND SITE FILES Information about the well and field site is compiled in the office and during site reconnaissance visits The information compiled is used by study personnel to help determine site suitability for conducting sampling activities Site files are then established in the USGS National Water Information System NWIS electronic data base and the information compiled is entered into NWIS and is used to create a file for use in the field DNWIS is the public portal to USGS water resources data Hubbard 1992 USGS Water Resources policy memorandum 92 59 NWISWeb displays real time water level data http waterdata usgs gov nwis gw and real time water quality data f
311. uch wells gt Low yield may be a function of poor well construction Try to improve the well yield by redeveloping the well Mechanical surging methods commonly produce the best results and avoid introduction of contaminating fluids however such methods must be employed in a manner to avoid damage to the structure of the well Lapham and others 1997 Pumping or over pumping methods usually are not as effective for increasing the well yield It is advisable to consult with an experienced and reputable well driller gt When drawdown occurs across the open interval contamination from atmospheric gases or other inputs can affect subsequent water chemistry for example VOC loss contamination of ambient and SF concentrations and increase in turbidity Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 94 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES gt Wells must be purged before sampling see section 4 2 3 After purging the water level in the well should recover to approximately 90 percent of its starting level before sampling should commence In low yield wells this can take several hours or longer requiring potentially multi day visits to complete a three well volume purge The longer the recovery time the lower the confidence that the sample to be collected can be considered representative of ambient aquifer water composition The actual volume of well water purged needs to be documented if itis less tha
312. ugh they may be read to 0 01 foot From the USGS Office of Ground Water Ground Water Procedure Document 12 Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 APP B22 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Equipment and Supplies Appendix A4 B 5 Flowing well water level measurements Low pressure Short length of transparent plastic tubing Hose clamps Measuring scale High pressure Flexible hose with a 3 way valve Hose clamps Altitude or pressure gage and spare gages Small open end wrench Altitude or pressure gage calibration and maintenance log book s Soil pipe test plug sanitary seal to fit 2 to 10 inch diameter pipes available at plumbing supply stores Soil pipe test plugs consist of a length of small diameter pipe generally 0 75 inch surrounded by a rubber packer The packer can be expanded by an attached wingnut to fit tightly against the inside of the well casing or discharge pipe The small diameter pipe is threaded so that it can be attached to a valve hose or altitude pressure gage When preparing for measuring the head at a flowing well 1 If using the high pressure method handle the pressure gage appropriately and with care Altitude pressure gages are delicate easily broken and subject to erroneous readings if dropped or mistreated e The middle third of the range of the pressure gage provides the most accurate reading
313. umes filtered dilutions plate counts Plots of field measured data last 5 10 years of record if there is a good enough relation to show outliers include Conductivity versus streamflow Conductivity versus alkalinity Temperature versus time Statistical summary of historical water data Seasonal maximum minimum values Discharge related maximum minimum values Special equipment needed to address site specific conditions Sampling Safety Figure 4 2 Checklist for contents of a field folder for surface water sampling Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 30 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 4 1 2 SELECTION OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLING SITES The study team is responsible for selecting sampling sites including the specific point s or transect s at which samples will be collected The guiding principle for site selection is that data can be collected that accurately represent the intended conditions such as time of year and flow rate or stage of the aqueous system being studied with respect to study objectives Generic guidelines for selecting flowing water and still water sites are described in this section gt Each body of flowing and still surface water has a unique set of conditions that needs to be identified and considered in the site selection process gt Field personnel must be trained in the correct and current water quality
314. v owgq turbidity_codes xls Figure 4 12 Example of a field log for well purging Collection of Water Samples Version 2 0 9 2006 U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES 107 Exceptions to the Standard Purge 4 2 3 B Procedure Site characteristics well characteristics or study objectives could require modification of the standard purge procedure by changing the number of well volumes removed or by changing or adding types of field measurements and analyses Any modification to the standard well purging procedure must be documented When standard purge volumes cannot be removed 1 sufficient water must be withdrawn from the well to evacuate at least one borehole volume and to field rinse the sampler and sample tubing alternatively flush the pump and tubing system with the equivalent of three tubing volumes of DIW and purge the DIW from the tubing with clean nitrogen gas and 2 field measurements should be determined before collecting samples if possible A lesser purge volume or other procedures may be modified for example when gt supply well to be sampled is being pumped continuously or daily at regular intervals and long enough to have removed three casing volumes of water go directly to monitoring field properties gt The sample collection interval is sealed with packers the interval to be sampled should be purged of three volumes gt Water level recovery from drawdown
315. ve discharge or percentage cumulative discharge at various stages can be based on historical discharge measurements Location of EDI centroids can be determined from these EDI graphs so that discharge measurements do not have to be made before each sampling Linear interpolation based on discharge can be made between curves for different discharges on the EDI graphs EDI graphs require periodic verification by being compared to recent discharge measurements Step 3 Select the transit rate a Determine the sampling depth and the mean stream velocity at the centroid of each equal discharge increment b Determine the transit rate for each centroid that will yield subsamples with approximately the same volume within 10 percent using sampling depth mean stream velocity and information in Appendix A4 A When compositing subsamples the minimum volume for every equal discharge increment is the minimum volume for the deepest vertical Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 56 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Guidelines for selecting the transit rate for EDI sampling Collect samples of equal volumes at each centroid This is required for EDI if the sample will be composited fig 4 5 Generally transit rates vary from centroid to centroid in order to collect equal volumes Keep the transit rate unidirectional constant and within the isokinetic transit range of the sampler when collecting
316. y Technical Report EPA CE 81 1 p 3 73 3 76 Powell R M and Puls R W 1993 Passive sampling of groundwater monitoring wells without purging Multilevel well chemistry and tracer disappearance Journal of Contaminant Hydrology v 12 p 51 77 Puls R W and Barcelona M J 1996 Low flow minimal drawdown ground water sampling procedures U S Environmental Protection Agency Ground Water Issue Report EPA 540 S 95 504 Puls R W and Barcelona M J 1989 Ground water sampling for metals analyses Washington D C U S Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development EPA Ground Water Issue EPA 540 4 89 001 6 p Chapter A4 Collection of Water Samples U S Geological Survey TWRI Book 9 162 COLLECTION OF WATER SAMPLES Puls R W and Barcelona M J 1996 Low flow minimal drawdown ground water sampling procedures Washington D C U S Environmen tal Protection Agency Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response EPA Ground Water Issue EPA 540 S 95 504 12 p Puls R W and Powell R M 1992 Acquisition of representative ground water quality samples for metals Ground Water Monitoring Review Summer 1992 v 12 no 3 p 167 176 Rantz S E and others 1982 Measurement and computation of streamflow volume 1 Measurement of stage and discharge U S Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 2175 284 p Reilly T E and Gibs Jacob 1993 Effects of physical and chemical heterogeneity o
317. z and others 1994 Koterba and oth ers 1995 Mueller and others 1997 This section addresses quality control for aqueous samples to be analyzed for inorganic and organic analytes see NFM 7 for quality control of microbiological sampling and analysis Quality assurance terminology in general and quality control terminology in particular can differ within and among organi zations see Conversion Factors Selected Terms and Abbreviations for a glossary of definitions as used in this report Bias systematic directional error measured by the use of blank spike or reference material samples Variability random error measured by the use of environmental or QC sample replicates The types of QC samples to be collected and their temporal and spatial frequency and distribution depend on study objectives data quality requirements site conditions and management or regulatory policy QC sampling is part of an overall strategy for quality assurance of the data collected and generally is described in the Quality Assurance Plan QAP or Sampling and Analysis Plan SAP QC samples of various types can be used to measure environmental data quality for example assign error bars to measurement sets identify data quality problems and locate the sources or causes of data quality problems Field per sonnel need to understand the purpose for each QC sample type Appendix A4 C and how the resulting QC data will be used so they

collection of water samples - California State University, Sacramento

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents